Protocol management: Difference between revisions

From Biolovision Help
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Judit (talk | contribs)
Judit (talk | contribs)
No edit summary
 
(260 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 5: Line 5:


<!--T:2-->
<!--T:2-->
To access the adminstration of a protocol you need the '''[[User_administration#Admin_users|Protocol administrator right]]'''. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.<br/>
To access the administration of a protocol you need the '''[[User_administration#Admin_users|Protocol administrator right]]'''. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:3-->
<!--T:3-->
There are two ways to access administration of protocols: <br/>
The easiest way to access protocol functions is through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]]. See wiki section [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] below for details. <br>
<br/>
<br/>
* From Main menu > Administration <br/>
 
See below a comparing table with all existing protocols, their availability and requirements. Protocols are not available by default; Administrators should request Biolovision the desired protocols.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:4-->
<span id="Protocol table"></span>
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]). <br />
<center>
<br />
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black; width:97%"; align="center";>
<th colspan="12" style="background-color:white;">''' Protocols summary table '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="18%" style="font-size: 14px;">Name</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="10%" style="font-size: 14px;">Code</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Group</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">Web<br/>support</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="5%" style="font-size: 14px;">NaturaList<br/>Android</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Points</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Transects</th>
      <th colspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="15%" style="font-size: 14px;">Polygons</th>
      <th rowspan="2" scope="colgroup" width="9%" style="font-size: 14px;">Surveys/Year</th>
</tr>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black; background-color: LightGray">
   
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/point<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/transect<sup>1</sup></th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Number</th>
    <th scope="col" style="font-size: 14px;">Time/polygon<sup>1</sup></th>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Acoustic data (Admin)|Acoustic data]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ACOUSTIC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Bee-eater (Admin)|Bee-eater]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEEEATER</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Bewick's Swan (Admin)|Bewick's Swan]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BEWICKII</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Biometric data (Admin)|Biometric data]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BIOMETRIC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Bats</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Birding bird protocol 9Admin)|Birding bird protocol]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">BVM</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center">3-23</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:5-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Administration.png|700px|thumb|center|Administration.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Birds of prey (Admin)|Birds of Prey]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP_RAPTOR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:6-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Protocol administration.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocol administration.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Black Grouse protocol (Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]] </td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TETRAO_TETRIX</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;"> Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green"> YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 60</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">2??</td>
</tr>


<!--T:7-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
*From Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Breeding waterbirds (Admin)|Breeding waterbirds]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRD_BREEDING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:8-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Butterflies monitoring (Admin)|Butterflies monitoring]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PSMD</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
</tr>


<!--T:9-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px|thumb|center|Admin protocol through All my protocol.]] <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[CBBS (Admin)|CBBS in Protected areas]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:10-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
__NOTOC__
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Cirl Bunting (Admin)|Cirl Bunting]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CIRL</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">many</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:11-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[CoBiMo (Admin)|CoBiMo]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">COBIMO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:12-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Corncrake points (Admin)|Corncrake]]</td>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CREX</td>
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<ol>                                             
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
1 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />              
<td style="text-align: center"> 1 </td>
2 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br />
<td style="text-align: center"> undetermined </td>
3 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<ol>3.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
    3.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<ol> 4 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<ol> 4.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br />
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br />
</tr>
    4.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]]<br />
    4.4 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
    4.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<ol>5 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br /> 
6 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br /> 
7 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>
8 [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
9 [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
10 [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
11 [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
12 [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
13 [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
14 [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>


<!--T:13-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
=Accessing protocols=
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Corncrake polygons (Admin)|Corncrake]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORNCRAKE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1 </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> undetermined </td>
</tr>


Access protocols through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > [[Protocols_web#Accessing_protocols|Accessing protocols]] for more details. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Crane (Admin)|Crane]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CRANE_ROOST</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access protocol functions: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Ecological area sample (Admin)|Ecological area sample]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OEFS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


====Modify protocol====  
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Forest birds (Admin)|Forest birds]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PTAKI_LESNE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center;"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>


Modify the protocol from <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Garzaie Italia (Admin)|Garzaie Italia??]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GI</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[GLC (Admin)|GLC]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GLC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


* '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Goose/Swan (field) census (Admin)|Goose/Swan (field) census]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Goose/Swan (roost) census (Admin)|Goose/Swan (roost) census]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


====Create protocol====
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Great Cormorant (Admin)|Great Cormorant]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORMORANT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


Create a new protocol from <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Grey Heron (Admin)|Grey Heron]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">ARDEA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


* '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Grey Partridge (Admin)|Grey Partridge]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PERDIX</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


* '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Gulls and Terns (Admin)|Gulls & Terns]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GULLS_TERNS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:14-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Jackdaw (Admin)|Jackdaw]]</td>
<table class="toc"  style="border-radius:5px; width:700px" >
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">JACKDAW</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="padding: 25px; border-radius:5px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color:#ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
RED BOX (Warnings): hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<p>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Meadow birds (Admin)|Meadow birds]]</td>
- Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MEADOW</td>
- Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


'''Enter data:''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[MF (Admin)|MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands]]</td>
- Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MF</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
- Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[MHB & BDM (Admin)|MHB & BDM]]</td>
- Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MHB_BDM</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
- Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi(Admin)|Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi]]</td>
- Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIA</td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Amphibians</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


</td></tr></table>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
</center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili (Admin)|Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili]]</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MNIR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Reptiles</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Monitoring high-alpine birds (Admin)|Monitoring high-alpine birds]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_HIGHALPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Moonwatch (Admin)|Moonwatch census]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">MOONWATCH</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:15-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
&nbsp;
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Nightjar (Admin)|Nightjar]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NIGHTJAR</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


==Preparation and data==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[NocMig census (Admin)|NocMig census]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOCMIG</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:16-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Nou Atles diurn (Admin)|Nou Atles diurn???]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_DIURN???</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:17-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Nou Atles nocturn (Admin)|Nou Atles nocturn??]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN??</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
</tr>


<!--T:18-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==Sites==
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Other territory mapping (Admin)|Other territory mapping]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OTHER_MAPPING</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:19-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<center>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Point count (Admin)|Point count]] </td>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">POINT_COUNT</td>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:20-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Private territory mapping (Admin)|Private territory mapping]] </td>
<ul>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">TERRITORY_MAPPING</td>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
6. '''SAVE'''
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</ul>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</p>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</td></tr></table>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</center>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<br/>
</tr>
<br/>


<!--T:21-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Sites.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Protocoled census (Admin)|Protocoled census]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PROTOCOLED</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥ 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:22-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Protocoled census</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED?</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center">0-50</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Reed-breeding species (Admin)|Reed-breeding species]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">REEDBREEDERS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:23-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Existing sites.]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Rock Ptarmigans protocol (Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]] </td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LAGOPUS_MOTA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">60 </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> 2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:24-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p style="margin-left:200px">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Rook (Admin)|Rook]]</td>
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CORVUS</td>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:25-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Sand Martin (Admin)|Sand Martin]]</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">RIPARIA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> 1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:26-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Scoops-owl (Admin)|Scops-owl]]</td>
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SCOPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:27-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Semi-common territorial species (Admin)|Semi-common territorial species]]</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">CBBM_SEMI_COMMON</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:28-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[SHOC (Admin)|SHOC]]</td>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:29-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[SHOC Sites (Admin)|SHOC Sites]]</td>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[SHOC Sites RNF (Admin)|SHOC sites RNF]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SHOC-SITE-RNF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:30-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding (Admin)|Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding]]</td>
Create a new site. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">LIMAT</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Single nesting species (Admin)|Single nesting species (SNSP)]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SNSP</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:Red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:31-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Small owls (Admin)|Small Owls]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">OWLS_SMALL</td>
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|700px|thumb|center|Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:32-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[SOCC (Admin)|SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">SOCC</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center">120-150</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">4</td>
</tr>


<!--T:33-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|700px|thumb|center|Naming a new Waterbird census site.]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[STOC EPS (Admin)|STOC EPS]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_EPS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<BR/>Mammals </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center">9</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


<!--T:34-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p style="margin-left:220px">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[STOC Montagne (Admin)|STOC Montagne]]</td>
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_MONTAGNE</td>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES</td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">≥10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align:center">≥9</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">2</td>
</tr>


<!--T:35-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::3. Either: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[STOC ONF (Admin)|STOC ONF]]</td>
::::*Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_ONF</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds<br/>Mammals</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center">10</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center">3</td>
</tr>


<!--T:36-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
::::*Import shapefile:<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[STOC Sites (Admin)|STOC Sites]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:37-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px|thumb|center|Importing a polygon shapefile.]]
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[STOC Sites RNF (Admin)|STOC Sites RNF]]</td>
<p style="margin-left:200px">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">STOC_SITES_RNF</td>
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
</p>
<td style="text-align: center">1-50</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:38-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[VBS (Admin)|VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">VBS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: red">NO </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color: green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Waterbird census (Admin)|Waterbird census protocol]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WATERBIRDS</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1 </td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[White stork (Admin)|White stork]]</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WHITESTORK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:red">NO</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:39-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|700px|thumb|center|Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.]]<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Woodcock monitoring (Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]] </td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODCOCK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center">1?</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center; font-size: 14px;">undetermined</td>
</tr>


<!--T:40-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Woodpeckers (Admin)|Woodpeckers]] </td>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WOODPECKER</td>
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
::::
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
<td style="text-align:center; color:green">YES</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align:center">5</td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:41-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Woodpecker territory (Admin)|Woodpecker territory]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">PICIDAE</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
<td style="text-align:center"> </td>
</tr>


<!--T:192-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
==User/Site==
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">[[Wryneck (Admin)|Wryneck]]</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 8px;">WRYNECK</td>
<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 14px;">Birds</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center; color:green">YES</td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align: center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
<td style="text-align:center"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:43-->
<tr class="sortbottom">
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. User/Site.]]<br/>
<td colspan="12" style="background-color:white; border: 1px solid white;"><sup>1</sup> Time is provided in minutes.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:44-->
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->


<!--T:46-->
<span id="Technical functions of protocols"></span>
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px; border-color:black; background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px; padding-bottom:8px;width:85%;">


<!--T:47-->
====Technical functions of protocols====
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Access to sites.]]
 
<p style="margin-left:180px;margin-right:180px">
Open the table below to see a list of existing functions for protocols, with technical details and examples. Click on an image to enlarge.<br/>
'''User name:''' Name, email address and local site user number of observer.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
</p>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:48-->
<center>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="border:1px solid black;" width="1250px"; align="center" ; #customers tr="hover background-color: #ddd;}>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">''' Technical functions of protocols '''</th>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center;">
<th width="150">Name</th>
<th width="250">Code</th>
<th width="150">Type</th>
<th width="150">Default value</th>
<th width="450">Description</th>
<th width="100">Image<sup>1</sup></th>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">ID</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ID</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Full name</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">automatic</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Unique number associated to protocol and determined by Biolovision.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:49-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Name</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NAME</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center">Chain of caracteres (45)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Name describing the protocol.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:50-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Symbol</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SYMBOL</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|center|thumb|600x600px|Detail for choosing page, item/page]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of caracteres (512)</td>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Icon identifying a record belonging to a protocol.</td>
<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Symbols.png|frameless|center|50px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/a/ad/Symbols.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:51-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. User/site Details.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Patron</td>
<p style="margin-left:180px;margin-right:180px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TEMPLATE</td>
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of caracteres (45)</td>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">PDF template name for printing maps<sup>2</sup>. Requires one file per language. The right part and corners must remain empty (to be filled automatically). QR on corners contain geographic coordinates for data digitization.</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Map example.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/4/4b/Map_example.png]]</td>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
</tr>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
<br/>


<!--T:52-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Circle</td>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|center|thumb|700x700px|Protocols. Editing User/site.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<p style="margin-left:180px;margin-right:180px">
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach concentric cercles at RADIUS distance.</td>
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Radius 3.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/5b/Radius_3.png]]</td>
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
</tr>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
 
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of circles</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS_CNT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach RADIUS_CNT (number) circles at RADIUS distance.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:53-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Warning out of circle</td>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">RADIUS_ALERT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Show message when a record is placed outside the outermost circle.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:54-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SHOW_ESTIMATION</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach count precision options. If absent, count is precise.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Show estimation.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/8/8d/Show_estimation.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:55-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Pre-defined keys</td>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">BUTTONS</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">json</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Json file to attach buttons with age/sex information, atlas code and flight direction<sup>3</sup> for entering data.</td>
<td width="100" padding-left="150px;">
<center>
{| style="text-align:center; border:0px solid black; vertical-align:top;"|
|-
|style="padding: 1px"|
[[File:Buttons 1.png|frameless|center|40px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/e/eb/Buttons_1.png]]
|style="padding: 1px"|
[[File:Buttons 2.png|frameless|center|40px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/3/3b/Buttons_2.png]]
|}
</center>
</td>
</tr>


<!--T:56-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Adding new user to site.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Use sum</td>
<p style="margin-left:180px;margin-right:180px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_SUM</td>
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach a button to add individuals without precise location. Only available for polygons and transects.</td>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Use sum.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/b/b3/Use_sum.png]]</td>
<br/>
</tr>


===Administration users rights=== <!--T:57-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Automatic "non-precise" line</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;" title="AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE_SUM_SPECIES">AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE<br />_SUM_SPECIES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To automatically add blank, non-precise "sum" lines for each species in a list. Only available for web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:58-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of points</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POINTS_MIN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of points allowed on a protocol with point geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:59-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|700px|thumb|center|Users and administrators of Waterbird census protocol.]]<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of points</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POINTS_MAX</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of points allowed on a protocols with point geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at point</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POINT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this point (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Real pause.png|frameless|center|100px|link=http://localhost/liki/images/f/f8/Real_pause.png]]</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at point</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_POINT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at points.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:60-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at point</td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right,  a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POINT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at points.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:61-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of transects</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_TRANSECTS_MIN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of transects allowed on a protocol with transect geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:62-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of transects</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_TRANSECTS_MAX</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of transects allowed on a protocols with transect geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:63-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at transect</td>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_TRANSECT</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this transect (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:64-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Rights details.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at transect</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_TRANSECT</td>
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and  local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at transects.</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
</tr>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
<br/>


<!--T:65-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at transect</td>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_TRANSECT</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at transects.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Minimum number of polygons</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POLYGONES_MIN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Minimum number of polygons allowed on a protocol with polygon geometry.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:66-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Editing rights.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Maximum number of polygons</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_POLYGONES_MAX</td>
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Maximum number of polygons allowed on a protocols with polygon geometry.</td>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:67-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Time at polygon</td>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POLYGONE</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer (minute)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this polygon (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:68-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Taxa at polygon</td>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAXO_POLY</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1 (birds)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Taxonomic group to count at polygon.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:69-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Adding new right.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Secondary taxa at polygon</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POLY</td>
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Secondary taxonomic group to count at polygons.</td>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:70-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of external limits</td>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left";>NBRE_BOUNDING_BOX_MAX</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Defines number maximum of polygons the user can define (ie. one for birds on ground, one for flying birds). Only available in web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:193-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
==Settings==
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Precise point</td>
<br />
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_PRECISE_POINTING</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Authorises precise position of observation. To use on web interface (mobile is always precise).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Number of surveys</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_PASSAGE</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Number of surveys during the defined period. It does not allow data after the defined number.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:72-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Settings.]] <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Project code</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">PROJECT_ID</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Allows entering a project related to a protocol. By default PROJECT_ID is pre-selected.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:73-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Automatic mask</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">AUTO_HIDDEN</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Data belonging to a protocol are hidden automatically.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:74-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
===Species list===
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boundary layer</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">OVERLAY_LAYER</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Chain of characters (15)</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Automatically retrieve underlaying perimeter when surface is predetermined.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:75-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Grid size</td>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">OVERLAY_GRID_SIZE</td>
<tr>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">-</td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Automatically attach a grid on the map.</td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</tr>
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:76-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Detail can be provided</td>
<ul>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">REQUIRE_DETAIL</td>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Make entering age and sex compulsory.</td>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</ul></p>
</tr>


<!--T:77-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</td></tr></table>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Set only by admin</td>
</center>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ONLY_ADMIN_CREATE</td>
<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, only administrators can create a perimeter.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Right to create site</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">CREATE_ACCESS</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('basic', 'only_admin_create', 'need_validation')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'basic'</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Moe to create a new survey (everybody, only admins, everybody with authorisation, respectively).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:78-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Management of species list</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DAILY_LIST_SPECIES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, an admin can create a pre-defined list for a protocol.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:79-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Species list.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Save button</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SAVE_BUTTON_TYPE</td>
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('partial_full', 'partial', 'full')</td>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'partial_full'</td>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/></p>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Attach button to indicate at the end of the list if it was complete or partial (attach both options, only partial, only full, respectivelly).</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Save button.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/7/7e/Save_button.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:80-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Simultaneous entry of multiple sites</td>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SIMULTANEOUS_FORM</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Allows counting at two sites at the same time (ie. One site at each side of the road). Only available for polygons.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Simultaneous.png|frameless|center|50px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/5a/Simultaneous.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:81-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DAILY_LIST_SPECIES_FILTER</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:82-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Enable extended list</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">EXTENDED_SPECIES_LIST</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, provides at the end of the list two different pre-determined lists, the second one more extended. The user can choose according to available time.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Extended sp list.png|frameless|center|100px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/13/Extended_sp_list.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:83-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2.''' '''Page and items''' <br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Species list limitation</td>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FIXED_SPECIES_LIST</td>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|center|thumb|600x600px|Detail for choosing page, item/page]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
:
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<br />
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, a list of species is provided and user must choose species within the list.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:84-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Starting month</td>
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">START_MONTH</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">6th June</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Month of first survey.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:85-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Details of Species list.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">COLOR</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">Chain of characters (6)</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:86-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:170px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default reproduction index</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DEFAULT_ATLAS_CODE</td>
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
'''Extended species list?:'''  Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To enter an atlas code automatically when entering a value.</td>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
</tr>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5.''' '''DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p><br/>


<!--T:87-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Advanced mode</td>
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_ADVANCED</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To active "two input modes": one basic and one advanced.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:88-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Editing species lists.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Habitat input</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">HABITAT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('none','stoc')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'none'</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">For STOC protocols, an additional form is required. Only available at web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:89-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Input method</td>
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FORM_USED</td>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">('unique_detail','detail','distance','calling','section')</td>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">'detail'</td>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To define input interface (to develop further).</td>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/></p>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:90-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Read only</td>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">READ_ONLY</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To disable data entry. Ie. at the end of a survey, data remains available but does not accept new entries.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:91-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Encourage counting</td>
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">POPUP_NO_VALUE</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To avoid 'not counted' data. A message encourages user to enter a precise count, not compulsory.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:92-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Allow empty form</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ALLOW_EMPTY_FORM</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">1</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To allow registering empty list. Allows registering negative prospections.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:93-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Tablet interface</td>
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TWO_PANEL_MAP</td>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To activate tablet mode: horizontal view with form on the right and map on the left. Phone mode available sliding form onto the map.</td>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/></p>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<br/>
</tr>


<!--T:94-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<center>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Without web interface</td>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NO_WEB_INTERFACE</td>
<tr>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To deactivate data input through web interface. Only allows data through mobile.</td>
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
</tr>
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->


<!--T:95-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Import suffix</td>
<ul>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">ADD_IMPORT_SUFFIX</td>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
Even when no species are dessignated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">When active, to add protocol suffix to name site.</td>
</ul></p>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:96-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
</td></tr></table>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Save at each stage</td>
</center>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SAVE_LOOP</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To save at each entry to avoid data loss when ie. the protocol is long and/or complex. Only available in web interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Conflict with colony mode</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">CONFLICTING_WITH_COLONY</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To deactivate Colony mode, and avoid doble input when the protocol concern the same colonies.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Regular vibration</td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_NOTIFICATION</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To indicate time. If greater than zero, phone vibrates regularly at TIME_NOTIFICATION minutes.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:98-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FILTER_ID_SPECIES</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:99-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<!--Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;"></td>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">FILTER_STRICT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"></td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:100-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Those parameters are protocol specific and are listed and described under each one separately.<br />
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default count</td>
<br />
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">DEFAULT_COUNT</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">(", 'x', '1')</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">"</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">Number displayed by default in the input mask. Nothing, not counted or 1.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:101-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocol parameters. Settings.]] <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Playback</td>
<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_PLAYBACK</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">9</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To allow playback. Requires uploading files for each species at admin interface.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">
<center>
{| style="text-align:center; border:0px solid black; vertical-align:top;"|
|-
|style="padding: 1px"|
[[File:Speaker icon.png|frameless|center|37px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/19/Speaker_icon.png]]
|style="padding: 1px"|
[[File:Playback 3.png|frameless|center|66px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/2/2d/Playback_3.png]]
|}
</center>
</td>
</tr>


<!--T:102-->
</td>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
</tr>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:103-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Shortcut list</td>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">USE_SHORTCUT</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To include a list of pre-determined shortcuts.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;">[[File:Shortcuts 2.png|frameless|center|80px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/9/96/Shortcuts_2.png]]</td>
</tr>


<!--T:104-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Visible in participation interface</td>
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TAKE_PART_LISTING</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">The protocol is active in the promotion interface. Volunteers can register.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:105-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Extended details</td>
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">SHOW_EXTENDED_DETAILS</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Boolean</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To add additional details.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:106-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Additional geometry</td>
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">NBRE_EXTRA_GEOMETRY_MAX</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To authorise the attachment of additional geometries (ie. starting point). If greater than zero, equals maximum number of authorised geometries.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:107-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.]]
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Default time length</td>
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">TIME_POINT_DEFAULT</td>
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Integer</td>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">0</td>
</p><br/>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;"> At web interface, to define a default time length for a protocol when several surveys take place in succession (ie. a series of points). To use in combination with "recopier les infos" to retrieve information from previous count.</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:108-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 14px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">Count type</td>
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
<td width="250" style="text-align: left;">COUNT_TYPES</td>
<br/>
<td width="150" style="text-align: center;">json</td>
<td width="150" style="text-align: left;">{}</td>
<td width="450" style="text-align: left;">To define a different interface to input data. ie.["singing", "calling", "visual"]</td>
<td width="100" style="text-align: center;"></td>
</tr>


<!--T:109-->
<tr class="sortbottom">
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.]]
<td style="text-align:left; border:1px solid white; background-color:white; font-size:12px;" colspan="6">
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p><br/>


<!--T:110-->
<sup>1</sup>Click on image, if available, to enlarge. <br/>
:'''7. Parameters'''<br/>
<sup>2</sup>For details see wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data >[[Protocols_web#Download_map|Download map]]. <br/>
List of all possible parameters admin set if those will be asked or not . List of parameters are protocol specific and listed under each specific wiki section for those protocols.<br/>
<sup>3</sup>Direction can be used in combinations with other buttons.<br/>
<br /><br />-->


<!--T:111-->
</td>
===Parameters===
</tr>
</table>
<br/>
<br/>
</center>
</div>
</center>


<!--T:112-->
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
* '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
* '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:113-->
<!--T:4-->
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace >  [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
__NOTOC__
 
<!--T:5-->
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-bottom:0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
&nbsp; '''Contents'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>     
1 [[Protocol_management#Accessing protocols|Accessing protocols]] <br />                                       
2 [[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] <br />               
3 [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]]<br /> 
4 [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br /> 
<ol>4.1 [[Protocol_management#Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
    4.2 [[Protocol_management#Administration_users_rights (Protocols)|Administration users rights (Protocols)]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 5 [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] <br />
<ol> 5.1 [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]]<br />   
    5.2 [[Protocol_management#Parameters_describing_the_protocol|Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    5.3 [[Protocol_management#Parameters admin|Parameters]]<br /> 
    5.4 [[Protocol_management#Files for playback|Files for playback]]<br />
    5.5 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts_group|Shortcuts group]]<br/>
    5.6 [[Protocol_management#Shortcuts|Shortcuts]]<br/>
    5.7 [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]<br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 6 [[Protocol_management#Import shapefile|Import a shapefile]]<br/>
7 [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check Data]]<br /> 
8 [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]]<br /> 
9 [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]]  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="toc" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;border-top: 0px solid white;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:400px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;">
&nbsp; '''Protocols'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:450px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>
 
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Acoustic data_(Admin)|Acoustic data]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Bee-eater_(Admin)|Bee-eater]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Bewick's Swan_(Admin)|Bewick's Swan]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Birds of prey_(Admin)|Birds of prey]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Black_Grouse_protocol_(Admin)|Black Grouse protocol]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[CBBS_(Admin)|CBBS in Protected areas]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Cirl Bunting_(Admin)|Cirl Bunting]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[CoBiMo_(Admin)|CoBiMo]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Corncrake points_(Admin)|Corncrake (points)]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Corncrake polygons_(Admin)|Corncrake (polygons)]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Grey Partridge_(Admin)|Grey Partridge]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Jackdaw_(Admin)|Jackdaw]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Meadow birds_(Admin)|Meadow birds]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[MHB & BDM _(Admin)|MHB & BDM (Monitoring of common breeding birds Monitoring of biodiversity in Switzerland)]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[MF_(Admin)|MF (Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands)]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Other territory mapping_(Admin)|Other territory mapping]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Point_count_(Admin)|Point count]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Private_territory_mapping_(Admin)|Private territory mapping]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Protocoled census_(Admin)|Protocoled census]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Rock_Ptarmigans_protocol_(Admin)|Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Rook_(Admin)|Rook]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Sand Martin_(Admin)|Sand Martin]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[SHOC_(Admin)|SHOC]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[STOC ONF_(Admin)|STOC ONF]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Single nesting species_(Admin)|Single nesting species]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[SOCC_(Admin)|SOCC]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[STOC EPS_(Admin)|STOC EPS]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[STOC Montagne_(Admin)|STOC Montagne]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[STOC Sites_(Admin)|STOC Sites]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[STOC Sites RNF_(Admin)|STOC Sites RNF]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[VBS_(Admin)|VBS (Monitoring of breeding birds on military training areas)]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Waterbird_census_(Admin)|Waterbird census]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Woodcock_monitoring_(Admin)|Woodcock monitoring]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Woodpeckers_(Admin)|Woodpeckers]]<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 5px;"><b>· </b> [[Woodpecker territory_(Admin)|Woodpecker territory]]<br/>
 
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:114-->
=Accessing protocols=
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Free area tool.]]<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:115-->
<!--T:7-->
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
Access all protocols functions through the [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] or limited functions as if [[Media:Enter_data_as_if_subitting_records.png|Submitting records]]. <br/>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Entering_data| Entering data for more details]] for more details on the second option. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:116-->
<!--T:8-->
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Free area tool details.]]
To access the protocol panel: <br/>
<p style="margin-left:200px;margin-right:200px">
<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
</p><br/>


<!--T:117-->
<!--T:9-->
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>Go to Main menu > Administration <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:118-->
<!--T:10-->
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Editing free area tool.]]<br/>
If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image [[Media:Administration.png|Administration]]), and scroll down to '''Protocol administration'''. Open panel and select '''Protocol administration''' (see image below). <br />
<br/>
<br />


<!--T:119-->
<!--T:11-->
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
<center>
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
[[File:Protocol administration.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:275px;">
'''Protocol administration.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:120-->
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
* '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:121-->
<!--T:12-->
===Shortcuts group===
Or, <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:122-->
<!--T:13-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:123-->
<!--T:194-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<center>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Admin protocol through All my protocol.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:675px;">
'''Admin protocol through All my protocol.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:124-->
<!--T:195-->
:'''2.'''
Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions: <br/>
::'''Page and items'''  Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|center|thumb|600x600px|Detail for choosing page, item/page]]
::
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:125-->
====Modify protocol==== <!--T:196-->  
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
 
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<!--T:197-->
Modify the protocol from <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:126-->
<!--T:198-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
 
<!--T:199-->
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''Protocol panel > Preparation and data''', as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]].<br/>
 
<!--T:200-->
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > Edit for details. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:127-->
====Create protocol==== <!--T:201-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
 
Delete shortcut group. <br/>
<!--T:202-->
Create a new protocol from <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:128-->
<!--T:203-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''Submitting records''', as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]].<br/>
Create a new group.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:129-->
<!--T:204-->
===Shortcuts===
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''Protocol panel > Sites'''. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] > +NEW to see how to do it. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|center|thumb|800x800px|Shortcuts in protocol administration  part]]
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:130-->
<br/>
<p style="margin-right:220px; margin-left:220px">
<div class="contenesummary" style="width:800px"> <!-- ajustar la mida -->  
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
<div class="contenesummaryima" style="min-width: 43px;max-width: 43px;"> <!-- no canviar les mides -->
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
</div>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
<div class="contenesummarytext">
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
<hr class="contenesummarylinia">
</p><br/>
'''Access protocol panel:'''<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through Menu > Take part > [[Media:Accessing protocols on the web (1).png|All my protocols]]. <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > [[Media:Protocol administration.png|Protocol administration]]. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:131-->
<!--T:206-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
'''Enter data:''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Add observations.png|Add observations]].<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through [[Media:Add_data_to_protocol_scheme.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > [[Protocols_web#|Entering data]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:132-->
<!--T:207-->
:'''2.'''  
'''Modify protocol:'''<br/>
::'''Page and items'''  Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|center|thumb|600x600px|Detail for choosing page, item/page]]
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > Preparation and data > [[Media:2023-05-09 WBC Modify the protocol.png|Modify the protocol]], or [[Media:Protocol panel.png|Protocol panel]] > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > Edit. <br/>
::
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through [[Media:Modify protocol from the map.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Modify protocol|Modify protocol]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:133-->
<!--T:208-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
'''Create protocol:''' <br/>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through Protocol panel > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW. <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> Through [[Media:Create a new protocoled census.png|Submitting records]]. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >[[Protocols_web#Create protocol|Create protocol]] for details.<br/><br/>
</div>
</div>
<br />
 
 
[[Protocol management#Accessing protocols|[Top to Accessing protocols]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols management]]] <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:134-->
==Preparation and data==
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:135-->
<!--T:16-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<center>
Delete shortcut group. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Preparation and data..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Preparation and data.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:136-->
<!--T:17-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Identical section to the one  of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
Create a new group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:137-->
[[Protocol_management#Preparation_and_data|[Top to Preparation and data]]] <br/>
<p style="margin-right:220px;margin-let:220px">
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.<br/>
</p><br/>


<!--T:138-->
==Sites==
:'''Species:''' Type the name, or part of the name, of the new speies on the left hand field and select from the expandable menu on the right.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:139-->
:'''Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group, or part of it, on the righthand field, and select it from the expandable menu on the left hand field.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<div class="contenesummary" style="width:600px"> <!-- ajustar la mida -->
<div class="contenesummaryima" style="min-width: 43px;max-width: 43px;"> <!-- no canviar les mides -->
</div>
<div class="contenesummarytext">
<hr class="contenesummarylinia">
<b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > [[Media:Protocols. Sites..png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor|Draw geometry]] (polygon, dot, transect) or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</div>
</div>
<br />


<!--T:140-->
:'''Color code:''' Select a colour to associate to this shortcut. Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:141-->
<!--T:21-->
:'''Order:''' Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Sites..png|300px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Sites.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:142-->
<!--T:22-->
==Check data==
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:143-->
<!--T:23-->
[[File:Protocols. Check data..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Check data.]]<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:WBC list of sites.png|600px|https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Existing sites.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Reference name:''' Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.<br/>
'''Custom name:''' A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.<br/>
'''Reference locality:''' Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to. <br/>
'''Municipality:''' Municipality the locality belongs to.<br/>
'''Altitude:''' Altitude associated to the locality.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:144-->
<!--T:24-->
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
&nbsp;
<br/>


<!--T:145-->
<!--T:25-->
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|center|thumb|700x700px|Protocols. Check data.]]<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.


<!--T:146-->
<!--T:26-->
:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on
[[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']]. <br />


<!--T:147-->
<!--T:27-->
Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page.<br/>


<!--T:148-->
<!--T:28-->
:::'''Number of censuses''': number of censuses per year from last years to present.<br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present. <br/>
Click to see details of selected site.<br/>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<br/>


<!--T:149-->
<!--T:29-->
:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
Click to edit details of selected site.<br/>
 
<!--T:30-->
:'''5. New site''' <br/>
Create a new site. <br/>
 
<!--T:31-->
<span id="create site"></span>
:::1. Click '''+ NEW''' under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]] if necessary) and choose the new option: '''Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol'''' (here Waterbird census, see image below). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:150-->
<!--T:212-->
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.]] <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Draw waterbird polygon.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:151-->
<!--T:32-->
Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window.  
<span id="name site"></span>
:::2. Enter a name for the new site.<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:152-->
<!--T:33-->
The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<!--T:153-->
[[File:Name a new WBC site.png|600px]]
White: = 0 specie
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Naming a new Waterbird census site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Name of reference locality:''' Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.<br/>
'''Custom name:'''  Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>


<!--T:154-->
<!--T:35-->
Red : =1 specie
:::3. Either: <br/>
::::<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > [[Geometry_editor|Geometry editor]] or,<br/>


<!--T:155-->
<!--T:36-->
Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.
::::<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>Import shapefile:<br/>
 
<!--T:156-->
Green: = or >20 species <br />
<br />  
 
<!--T:157-->
:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:158-->
<!--T:37-->
:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
<center>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Importing a polygon shapefile.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1.''' Choose datum and <br/>
'''2.''' upload the file.<br/>
'''3.''' When done, click '''IMPORT'''.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:159-->
<!--T:38-->
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.]]<br/>
:::After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the '''Polygon''' ('''Point''', '''Line''' or '''Bounding box''') section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and '''IMPORT''' as explained above. <br/>
 
<!--T:160-->
A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:161-->
<!--T:39-->
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.]]
<center>
<p style="margin-left:180px;margin-right:180px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
[[File:Save shapefile of new WBC site.png|600px]]
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/> </p>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:162-->
==Report==
<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="conteneinfo" style="width:550px"> <!-- ajustar la mida -->
<!--T:163-->
<div class="conteneinfoima" style="min-width: 43px;max-width: 43px;"> <!-- no canviar les mides -->
[[File:Protocols. Report..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Report.]]<br/>
</div>
<div class="conteneinfotext">
<hr class="conteneinfolinia">
<b>USE THE POLYGON/TRANSECT/POINT/BOUNDING BOX FOR:</b><br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>draw or edit the site polygon on the map, <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>import a polygon from a shapefile instead of drawing it manually, <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>export the created polygon as a shapefile for later reuse or modification, and/or <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>delete the polygon/site if needed (as long as no data are linked to it). <br/>
</div>
</div>
<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:164-->
<!--T:40-->
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
:::4. When the new site is ready you have three options: <br/>
:::: '''SAVE AND STAY''' to save the site and continue making changes, or <br/>
:::: '''SAVE AND ADD A RECORD''' to save and start entering observations or <br/>
:::: '''DELETE SITE''' if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:165-->
<!--T:41-->
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Filtering results.]]<br/>
:::The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image [[Media:Capture 2023-03-14 WBC delete new site.png|Deleting a newly created site]]). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:166-->
:'''6. Export sites''' <br/>
:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
Click <b>DOWNLOAD</B> to export: <br/>
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>a .txt file with the full list of existing sites, or <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>a shapefile with geometry for all existing sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:167-->
<center>
:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
[[File:Export sites.png|600px|link=https://help.biolovision.net/images/4/40/Export_sites.png]]
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:575px;">
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
'''Export sites.'''
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
</div>
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
'''1.''' Download a list of existing files. <br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
'''2.''' Download geometry of existing files. <br/>
<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
 
[[Protocol_management#Sites|[Top to Sites]]]<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


<!--T:168-->
==User/Site==
:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered;  if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.<br/>
::: '''Canton:'''  Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.<br/>
::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.<br/>
::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created. <br/>
::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot  or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
:::
::: '''Locality:'''  A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:169-->
<!--T:43-->
:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
<center>
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
[[File:Protocols. User-Site..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. User/Site.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:170-->
<!--T:44-->
[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Report results.]]
From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<p style="margin-left:180px; margin-right:180px">
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''3. Study site name:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
</p><br/>
 
<!--T:171-->
==Map==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:172-->
===Access to sites=== <!--T:45-->
[[File:Protocols. Map..png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Map.]]Display the area map by polygon.<br/>
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.45.45.png|center|thumb|900x900px|Map]]
<br />It displays the statistics and information  for the selected area:


<!--T:173-->
<!--T:46-->
1: Select area
List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
 
<!--T:174-->
2: Point displayed
 
<!--T:175-->
3: pink point = areas where polygons are
 
<!--T:176-->
4: statistics concerning the area displayed.
 
<!--T:177-->
Select the site and see details as explained in wiki section Web interface > Protocols >"Name of the protocol "(here Waterbird census protocol) > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br />
<br />
 
<!--T:178-->
Functions in section 4 of image "[[:File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|Protocols. Links for administrators]]". are different from those of non-administrators. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:179-->
To allow a user to conduct a protocoled census, visit wiki section Administration > Users administration > Admin users > [[User administration#Observers|Observers]]. <br/>
[[File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|700px|thumb|center]]<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:180-->
<!--T:47-->
:'''Links for the polygon''' <br/>
<center>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Access to sites.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''User name:''' Name, email address and user number of observer.<br/>
'''Reference name:''' Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  site (local official one).<br/>
</p>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:4;padding-right:5px;">
<b>1.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Search|Search]] <br />
<b>2.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Page|Page and items]] <br/>
<b>3.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Details|Details]] <br />
<b>4.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Edit|Edit]] <br/>
<b>5.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Delete|Delete]] <br />
<b>6.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_Export|EXPORT]] <br/>
<b>7.</b> [[Protocol_management#PM_New|+ NEW]] <br />
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:181-->
<!--T:48-->
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.00.49.png|left|thumb]]'''Add observations:''' Add further observations to this site or any other as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Add_observations|Add observations]].<br/>
<span id="PM_Search"></span>
<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.


<!--T:182-->
<!--T:49-->
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.01.58.png|left|thumb]]'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image below) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>


<!--T:183-->
<!--T:50-->
[[File:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|700px|thumb|center|Protocols. Adding observations to a polygon.]]<br/>
<span id="PM_Page"></span>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:184-->
<!--T:214-->
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.03.14.png|left|thumb]]'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:185-->
<!--T:215-->
:'''Links for the square''' <br/>
<span id="PM_Details"></span>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:186-->
<!--T:51-->
::: [[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.04.48.png|left|thumb]]'''Modify the protocol:''' Modify the protocol as described in wiki section Web > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Modify_the_protocol|Modify the protocol]].<br/> <br/>
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px]]
<!--T:187-->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.01.58.png|left|thumb]]'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image [[Media:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon]]) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
'''Protocols. User/site Details.'''
<br/>
</div>
 
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<!--T:188-->
'''User name:''' Observer name, email address and local site user number.<br/>
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.03.14.png|left|thumb]]'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
<br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
 
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
<!--T:189-->
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.06.09.png|left|thumb]]'''Data visualisation:''' See all protocols associated to this site as in Web interface > Protocols > "Name of the protocol" (here Waterbird protocol) [[Protocols_web#Browse_observations| Browse observations]]. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:190-->
<!--T:52-->
:::[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 17.06.55.png|left|thumb]]'''Results:''' See results as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Results|Results]]'''. <br/>
<span id="PM_Edit"></span>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:191-->
<!--T:216-->
<br/><br/>
<center>
[[#top|[Top]]]<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-05-25 at 9.10.26.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Editing User/site.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


</translate>
<!--T:53-->
<span id="PM_Delete"></span>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>


<span id="Waterbird_census_admin"></span>
<!--T:54-->
<span id="PM_Export"></span>
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>


=Waterbird census=
<!--T:55-->
WATERBIRD
<span id="PM_New"></span>
<br/>
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-09 WBC Admin Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Administration menu.]]<br/>
<!--T:56-->
<br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px]]
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
&nbsp; '''8 Waterbird census'''
'''Protocols. Adding new user to site.'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
8.1[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
8.2[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
8.3[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
<ol>8.3.1 [[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Access_to_sites|Access to sites]] <br/>
    8.3.2 [[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Administration_users_rights|Administration users rights]] <br/> </ol></ol>
<ol> 8.4[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Settings| Settings]] <br />
<ol> 8.4.1[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    8.4.2[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    8.4.3[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol>8.5[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
8.6[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Report| Report]]<br /> 
8.7[[Protocol_management#WATERBIRD Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


==WATERBIRD Preparation and data==
===Administration users rights (Protocols)=== <!--T:57-->
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-09 WBC admin, prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<!--T:58-->
List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird protocol > [[Protocols_web#WBC_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:59-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


==WATERBIRD Sites==
<!--T:60-->
<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a right,  a user, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.


<center>
<!--T:61-->
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">


<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<!--T:62-->
<ul>
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
1. Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Waterbird census > [[Media:Admin WBC Sites.png|Sites]] <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
 
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Waterbird census''']]<br/>
<!--T:63-->
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
<br/>
</ul>
 
<!--T:64-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Rights details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Number:''' This is for Biolovision's internal use.<br/>
'''User name:''' Name, e-mail and  local site user number of the user receiving the right. <br/>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted to.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>
</p>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:Admin WBC Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Sites.]]<br/>
<!--T:65-->
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of all existing sites allowing a Waterbird census. <br/>
<!--T:66-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Editing rights.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''9. MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<!--T:67-->
<br/>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . <br/>


==WATERBIRD User/Site==
<!--T:68-->
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:WBC User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. User/Site]]<br/>
<!--T:69-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Adding new right.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10.''' Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''11.''' Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Save new addition. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


From the Waterbird census menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<!--T:70-->
:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)"  and their email addresses.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Access to sites===
<!--T:193-->
[[Protocol_management#User/Site|[Top to User/Sites]]]<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


List of observers allowed to conduct Waterbird census protocols and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
==Settings==
<br/>
<br />


[[File:WBC Access to sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Access to sites.]]
<!--T:72-->
<p style="margin-left:180px">
<center>
'''User name:''' Name and email address of observer.<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
'''Reference name:''' Name of the Waterbird census site.<br/>
[[File:Protocols. Settings..png|300px]]
</p>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Settings.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<!--T:73-->
Reduce list by typing the name of a user, reference name site or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.
Set protocol parameters. <br/>
 
When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
 
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
 
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See details of observers and their assigned site.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-17 WBC User-site details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. User/site Details.]]
<!--T:74-->
<p style="margin-left:180px">
<span id="species list"></span>
'''User name:''' Observer name and email address.<br/>
===Species list===
'''Reference name:''' Name of site the observer has right to survey for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
'''Custom name:''' Additional name under which the site is also known.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''9. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''10. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
</p>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:WBC User Site edit (1).png|center|thumb|700x700px|Waterbird census protocol. Editing User/site.]]
<div class="contenesummary" style="width:700px"> <!-- ajustar la mida -->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:180px">
<div class="contenesummaryima" style="min-width: 43px;max-width: 43px;"> <!-- no canviar les mides -->
'''11.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
</div>
'''12.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
<div class="contenesummarytext">
'''13. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
<hr class="contenesummarylinia">
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>
Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species. <br/>
 
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts. <br/>
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
 
:'''6. EXPORT''' <br/>
Export list as a .txt file. <br/>
 
:'''7. + NEW''' <br/>
Grant rights to observer to conduct Waterbird census on dessignated sites.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.<br/>
</div>
</div>
<br />
<br />


[[File:Capture 2023-03-22 .png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding new user to site.]]
<!--T:78-->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:180px">
List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
'''11.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''12.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to preious screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Administration users rights===
<!--T:79-->
 
<center>
List of users and administrators with acces to the Waterbird census protocol. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]). <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Species list.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' list of species selected to survey.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species list.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-20 Administration user's rights protocols.png|700px|thumb|center|Users and administrators of Waterbird census protocol.]]<br/>
<!--T:80-->
<p style="margin-left:170px;margin-right:170px">
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list in NaturaList]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:81-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a user, of a right or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''.  


When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].<br />
<!--T:82-->
 
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
:'''2. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
 
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
See the rights granted to the selected observer. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-21 Sites-users, users rights, details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Rights details.]]
<!--T:83-->
<p style="margin-left:220px">
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
'''Number:''' File number.<br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
'''User name:''' Name of the user receiving the right. <br/>
'''Right granted:''' Right the selected user is granted.<br/>
'''8. BACK:''' Go back to main list.<br/>
'''9. EDIT:''' See Edit subsection below.<br/>
'''10. DELETE:''' Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
</p>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
<!--T:218-->
Modify the rights granted to an observer.<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-21 user rights edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing rights.]]
<!--T:84-->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:220px">
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
'''11.''' Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
'''12.''' Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
<!--T:85-->
Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the Waterbird census protocol. <br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
:'''6. + NEW'''<br/>
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px]]
Add a new right to an observer. <br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Details of Species list.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' species selected for details display or editing.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:'''  Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-21 user-sites new right.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding new right.]]
<!--T:87-->
<p style="margin-left:220px;margin-right:220px">
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
'''11.''' Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
'''12.''' Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go to preious screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Save new addition. </p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''7. Protocol administrators'''<br/>
<!--T:88-->
List of administrators of Waterbird census protocol and their email addresses.<br/>
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
 
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px]]
==WATERBIRD Settings==
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
<br />
'''Protocols. Editing species lists.'''
 
</div>
[[File:Waterbird census. Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Settings.]] <br/>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''14. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


Set protocol parameters. <br/>
<!--T:90-->
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Species list===
<!--T:91-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<!--T:92-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''10. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''11. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''12. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''13. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''15. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Species list.]]
<p style="margin-left:210px">
'''Species:''' list of species to survey.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species.<br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/></p>
<p style="margin-left:210px">
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i></p><br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<div class="contenetip" style="width:600px"> <!-- ajustar la mida -->
<div class="contenetipima" style="min-width: 43px;max-width: 43px;"> <!-- no canviar les mides -->
</div>
<div class="contenetiptext">
<hr class="contenetiplinia">
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</div>
</div>
<br />


:'''1. Search''' <br/>Reduce list by typing the name of a specie or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']].
<br/>


:'''2. Search''' <br/>
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


:'''3. Details''' <br/>
<span id="parameters describing"></span>
See name of species, their assigned order in the lis and to which type of list they belong.<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC lists details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Details of Species list.]]
===Parameters describing the protocol=== <!--T:97-->


<p style="margin-left:210px">
<!--T:98-->
<p style="margin-left:210px">
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.
'''Species:''' list of species to survey.<br/>
'''Extended species list?:''' species belonging to an extended species.<br/>
<i> See [[Protocols#Ending_the_list| Ending the list]] to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.</i><br/>
'''Order:''' order of appearance.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete species from the list. <br/>
</p><br/>


:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
<!--T:99-->
Modify details for the selected species.<br/>
Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC edit species list.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing species lists.]]
<!--T:101-->
 
<center>
<p style="margin-left:210px">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
'''8. Species:''' Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|600px]]
'''9. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''10. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''Protocol parameters. Settings.'''  
'''7. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
</div>
'''11. MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/></p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
<!--T:102-->
Delete the species from the list.<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
<!--T:103-->
Add a new species to the list.<br/>
:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-26 WBC add new species.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding a new species to the list.]]
<!--T:104-->
 
:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
<p style="margin-left:210px">
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.<br/>
'''8. Species:''' Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).<br/>
'''9. Extended species list?:''' Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).<br/>
'''10. Order:''' Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.<br/>
'''7. BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''12. ADD:''' Add the list species to the list.<br/></p>
<br/>
<br/>


<center>
<!--T:105-->
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
:'''4. Order''' <br/>
<tr>
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: hsl(157, 74%, 80%)">
<!-- GREEN BOX (Tips): hsl(157, 74%, 80%)
YELLOW BOX (Summaries): #ffffdb"
BLUE BOX (Information): hsl(201, 100%, 89%)
RED BOX (Warnings):  hsl(0, 77%, 78%) -->
 
<p>
<ul>
<b>NOTE:</b><br />
Even when no species are dessignated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow. <br/>
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.
</ul></p>
 
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WATERBIRD Parameters describing the protocol===
<!--T:106-->
 
:'''5. Details''' <br/>
List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see [[Media:2023-03-27 example arrows.png|image as an example]]).<br/>
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:Waterbird census. Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Settings.]] <br/>
<!--T:107-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding subsection below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''1. Search''' <br/>
<!--T:108-->
Select page number and/or number of items per page. <br/>
:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''2. Active?''' <br/>
<!--T:109-->
Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


:'''3. Mandatory?''' <br/>
<!--T:110-->
Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. <br/>
<span id="Parameters admin"></span>
<br/>
=====7. Parameters=====


:'''4. Order''' <br/>
<!--T:219-->
Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.<br/>
<br/>


:'''5. Details''' <br/>
<!--T:220-->
See details associated to the selected parameter. <br/>
Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-03-22 WBC settings details.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.]]
<!--T:223-->
<p style="margin-left:220px">
<center>
<b>BACK:</b> Go to previous screen.<br/>
<table class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"; style="border:1px solid black;" width="95%" align="center"; customers tr="hover"; background-color: ddd;">
<b>EDIT:</b> Edit. See corresponding sub-section below.<br/>
<th colspan="11" style="background-color:white;">'''Parameters'''</th>
</p><br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<th width="25%">Parameter name</th>
<th width="50%">Description</th>
<th width="25%">Protocol</th>
</tr>


:'''6. Edit'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
Modify settings for the selected parameter. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the acoustic number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-22 WBC Settings edit.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.]]
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:220px">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Acoustic number detail'''</td>
'''8.''' Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to.</td>
'''9.''' Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.<br/>  
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
'''10.''' Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol. <br/>
</tr>
'''BACK:''' Go ack to the previous screen without saving changes.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes to the parameter.<br/>
</p><br/>


:'''7. Parameters'''<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
List of all possible parameters in Waterbird census protocols.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Activity of the individual'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the activity of the individual.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Comment''' <br />
<!--T:224-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Additional observer(s)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Birds of prey, CBBS, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory, </td>
</tr>


::Allows user to enter a comment if necessary. <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Appearance of udders'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the appearance of udders.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Important changes''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Calcar'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the calcar.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


::Allows indicating if there have been major changes since last visit.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Capture method'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how the animal was caught.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Additional observer''' <br />
<!--T:225-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Census not done'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">STOC EPS</td>
</tr>


::Space to indicate if the observer has been accompanied by someone whose observations were also recorded.<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Chin pad (Plecotus)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Ice''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cloud cover'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are clouds.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census,</td>
</tr>


::Indicates the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Options are:<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: no ice <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Cm3 (mm)'''</td>
:::: 0 - 10 % <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of cm3.</td>
:::: 10 - 50 % <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::: 50 - 90 % <br/>
</tr>
:::: 90 - 100 % <br/>
:::: 100 % <br/>
:::: Unknown
<br/>


:::'''Snow coverage''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Color of oral glands'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of oral glands.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


::Indicates the proportion of snow cover. Options are:<br/>
<!--T:226-->
:::: no snow <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: partly covered <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Comment'''</td>
:::: completely covered <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a comment.</td>
:::: Unknown
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
<br/>
</tr>


:::'''Count type''' <br />
<!--T:227-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions in general'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory</td>
</tr>


::User should choose one the options:<br/>
<!--T:228-->
:::: roost count <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: during day <br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Conditions (notes)'''</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: left">To leave a note regarding conditions.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Birds of prey, CBBS, Corncrake (points), Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Sand Martin, SNSP, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory</td>
</tr>


:::'''Count method''' <br />
<!--T:229-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count method'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user indicates how they conducted the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are:<br/>
<!--T:230-->
:::: at ground <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: on airplane <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count number'''</td>
:::: on ship <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to.</td>
:::: other <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various</td>
:::: unknown <br />
</tr>
<br />


:::'''Optical equipment''' <br />
<!--T:231-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count paid'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if the count is paid for or not.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user should indicate the equipment used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Options are: <br />
<!--T:232-->
:::: None <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: Telescope <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Count type'''</td>
:::: Binoculars <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise.</td>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census </td>
<br />
</tr>


:::'''Coverage''' <br />
<!--T:233-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Counting mammals?'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


::Serves to indicate how much of the designated polygon is covered in the survey. The user chooses between:<br/>
<!--T:234-->
:::: Partly <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: Complete <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage'''</td>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey.</td>
<br />
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/> Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory</td>
</tr>


:::'''Water level''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Coverage (notes)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To add any comment about coverage.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, SNSP, Woodpecker territory</td>
</tr>  


::Indicates the water level. Options are:<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: Dry / Empty <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Determination methods'''</td>
:::: Low <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the determination method used.</td>
:::: Normal <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
:::: High <br/>
</tr>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


:::'''Visibility''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Drone used?'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if drones were used during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/> Bee eater, Birds of prey, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP</td>
</tr>


::Approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species. Options are:<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::: 0-100 m <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear'''</td>
:::: 100-300 m <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the ear.</td>
:::: 300-1000 m <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::: ≥ 1000 m <br/>
</tr>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


:::'''Waves''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ear width (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the ear.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


::Provides information about the waves. Options are: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: None <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot'''</td>
:::: Small <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the foot.</td>
:::: Moderate <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::: With crests <br/>
</tr>
:::: Unknown <br/>
 
<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Foot hair (Plecotus)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Conditions in general''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Forearm (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the forearm.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


::The user estimates how are surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances, and indicate on next section the reason if surveying <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::conditions are not good. Options are:<br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus)'''</td>
:::: Good / Normal <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To merge the information from wing cells.</td>
:::: Moderate <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::: Bad / heavely influenced <br/>
</tr>
:::: Unknown <br/>
<br />


:::'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions''' <br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Habitat'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, SHOC Sites </td>
</tr>


::If general conditions indicated above were noot good, <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
::clicking the yellow field the user opens an expandable menu and chooses the reason. Only one option is possible:  <br />
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hair color'''</td>
:::: Fog <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the hair colour.</td>
:::: Rain <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::: Wind <br/>
</tr>
:::: Hunting <br/>
:::: Fishing <br/>
:::: Sport <br/>
:::: Mixed (weather) <br/>
:::: Mixed (human) <br/>
:::: Others <br/>
<br />


:::'''Count payed''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Haymaking/harvest/pasture'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate land management.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake (polygons)</td>
</tr>


::The user can indicate if the count is payed for or not. Only options are <br/>
<!--T:235-->
:::: Yes <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
:::: No <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Hide all records from the public'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to keep their observations private.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">All</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of persons on shore''' <br/>
<!--T:236-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ice'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of persons on shore.<br/>
<!--T:237-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Important changes (since last count?)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/> Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (polygons), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of rowing boats''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Intact nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of intact nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of rowing boats.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Means of transport'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF </td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of motor boats''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Moving/Harvest'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake (polygons), Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of motor boats. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nasal leaf length'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the length of the nasal leaf.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of sailing boats''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Nest location'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To select the location of the nest.</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> Jackdaw</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of sailing boats. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Net / harp-trap detail'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps.</td>
<td style="text-align: center"> Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of canoes/kayaks''' <br/>
<!--T:238-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Neutralised time'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of canoes/kayaks.<br/>
<!--T:249-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''No species were seen'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user did not detect any of the study species.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of fishing boats''' <br/>
<!--T:239-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of canoes/kayaks'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of fishing boats. <br/>
<!--T:240-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of sports divers''' <br/>
<!--T:241-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of fishing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of sports divers.<br/>
<!--T:242-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of motor boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of surfers''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of nests occupied by other species'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin</td>
</tr>


::The user can type the number of surfers.<br/>
<!--T:243-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of persons on shore'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Additional observers'''<br />
<!--T:244-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of rowing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user can indicate the name of other observers participating in the data collection. <br />
<!--T:245-->
<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sailing boats'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Important changes since last count?''' <br />
<!--T:246-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of sports divers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::The user can indicate if there has been any major change since their previous count, for example, some disturbance like noise or construction. <br />
<!--T:247-->
<br />
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of stand up paddlers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:::'''Record the trace''' <br />
<!--T:248-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Number of surfers'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter number.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::By checking a cell, the user can have their track recorded. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Occupied nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of occupied nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Jackdaw, Rook, Sand Martin</td>
</tr>


:::'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
<!--T:250-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Optical equipment'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater,  Rook, Grey Partridge, Sand Martin, Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


::By checking the cell, the user hides all observations from the public. The observer an protocol administrators will always see them.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''No species were seen''' <br/>
<!--T:251-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Playback'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Woodpeckers</td>
</tr>


::Allows the user to indicate if despite visiting the site and following the guidelines, there were no records. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Potential breeding pairs'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter the number of breeding pairs. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Jackdaw</td>
</tr>


===WATERBIRD Parameters===
<!--T:252-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Rain'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there are any rain.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various<br/>Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF</td>
</tr>


Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Waterbird census protocol:<br/>
<!--T:253-->
* '''YES:''' Free area tool is active. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
* '''NO:''' Free area tool is inactive. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
<!--T:254-->
<br/>
<!--<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Record the trace'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To check if the user wants to record their track. </td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Point count, Territory mapping, Waterbird census</td>
</tr>-->


[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Free area tool.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of the epididymis'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the epididymis.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:'''1. Details''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Size of oral glands.'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the oral glands.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|700px|thumb|center]]
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<p style="margin-left:240px">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Snow'''</td>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left"></td>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various: <br/>Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census,</td>
</p><br/>
</tr>


:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
<!--T:255-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Snow/Snow coverage'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the proportion of snow cover.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various: <br/>Waterbird census, STOC EPS</td>
</tr>
 
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Social vocalisation type'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the type of vocalisation.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Acoustic data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Editing free area tool.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Song'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate what prompted the singing.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake (polygons)</td>
</tr>


Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
* '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Sound played'''</td>
* '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Grey Partridge</td>
</tr>


==WATERBIRD Check data==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Suspected nests'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">Number of suspected nests. <br/> This information will be asked when entering data.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Check data.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tail'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tail.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


From the Waterbird census menu, select '''Check data''' to visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<!--T:256-->
<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temperature'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate approximate temperature.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">SOCC</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|center|thumb|700x700px|Waterbird census protocol. Check data.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Temporary shallow water bodies'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the frequency of water bodies.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Corncrake, Meadow birds</td>
</tr>


:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Testicles size'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the size of the testicles.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Thumb'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the thumb.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:::'''Number of census''': number of census per year from 2012 to present.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from 2010 to present. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tibia'''</td>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tibia.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the tragus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.]] <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Tragus width (mm)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the width of the tragus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Vaginal tunic color'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
<!--T:257-->
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Visibility'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
<!--T:258-->
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Water level'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the water level.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. E-mail observers of empty census.]]<br/>
<!--T:259-->
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<td style="text-align: center">'''Waves'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">to indicate how the waves are.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Waterbird census</td>
</tr>


A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients y selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message on the designated area to personilse it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Weight (g)'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate the weight of the animal.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Sending emails about empty sites.]]
<!--T:260-->
<p style="margin-left:210px">
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; ">
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''Wind'''</td>
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/> </p>
<td style="text-align: left">To indicate if there is any wind.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Various:<br/>, Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF</td>
</tr>


==WATERBIRD Report==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P3D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P3D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Report.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


From the Waterbird census menu, select '''Report''' to visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''1P5D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 1P5D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Filtering results.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right.<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''2nd metacarpus'''</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the second metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P3D'''</td>
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P3D.</td>
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
</tr>
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
<br/>


:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P4D'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P4D.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


::: Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
:::::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered; if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.
<td style="text-align: center">'''2P5D'''</td>
:::::: '''Kanton:''' Kantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, commarca, county, and so on.
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about 2P5D.</td>
:::::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like kanton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
:::::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created.
</tr>
:::::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked toghether within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
::::::
:::::: '''Locality:''' A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.  <br />
<br/>


:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd finger'''</td>
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third finger.</td>
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Report results.]]
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<p style="margin-left:220px; margin-right:220px">
<td style="text-align: center">'''3rd metacarpus'''</td>
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Results aggregated by time. In this example, per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the third metacarpus.</td>
'''3. Spatial aggregation:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
</tr>
</p><br/>


==WATERBIRD Map==
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-03-30 WBC Map main menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census. Map.]]<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''4th metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fourth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


Select the site and see details as explained in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird census protocol > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th finger'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth finger.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


Functions in section 4 are different from those of non-administrators. <br/>
<tr style="padding: 25px; text-align: center; font-size: 16px; font-family: sans serif; color: black">
<br/>
<td style="text-align: center">'''5th metacarpus'''</td>
<td style="text-align: left">To enter information about the fifth metacarpus.</td>
<td style="text-align: center">Biometric data</td>
</tr>


[[File:2023-05-17 WBC Map links.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Links for administrators.]]<br/>
</table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
:'''Links for the polygon''' <br/>
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


::: '''Add observations:''' Add further observations to this site or any other as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Add_observations|Add observations]].<br/>
<!--T:265-->
Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked: <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


::: '''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image below) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
<!--T:267-->
<br/>
:'''Comments''' <br>


[[File:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|700px|thumb|center|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon.]]<br/>
<!--T:268-->
<br/>
An optional comments field will appear in the '''Choosing date''' section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol: <br>


::: '''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<!--T:269-->
<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>'''Comment:''' a comment referring to a general observation, <br/>


:'''Links for the square''' <br/>
<!--T:270-->
Place the pointer on icons to see the meaning of each of them.<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>'''Additional observer:''' to name other observer/s participating in the census,<br/>
<br/>


::: '''Modify the protocol:''' Modify the protocol as described in wiki section Web > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[/Protocols_web#Modify_the_protocol|Modify the protocol]].<br/> <br/>
<!--T:271-->
<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>'''Important changes:''' to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,<br/>


:::'''All site data:''' See all records associated to the site. From this screen (see image [[Media:2023-03-29 WBC map add observations.png|Waterbird census protocol. Adding observations to a polygon]]) you can access other data as in the [[Media:Search engine example.png|Search engine tool]].<br/>
<!--T:272-->
<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>'''Impacts:''' to record any impact taking place during the survey,<br/>


:::'''List of records to be checked:''' See all records associated to the site needing verification. <br/>
<!--T:273-->
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b>'''Incidents:''' to report any incident that may have happened during the count.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


:::'''Data visualisation:''' See all protocols associated to this site as in Web interface > Protocols > Waterbird protocol [[Protocols_web#Browse_observations| Browse observations]]. <br/>
<!--T:276-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Comment example.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Example of Comment section.'''  
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
:::'''Results:''' See results as described in wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data > [[Protocols_web#Results|Results]]'''. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
<!--T:280-->
[[Protocol_management#Waterbird_census|[Top to Waterbird census]]]<br/>
:'''Hide all records from the public''' <br/>
<br/>


=Private territory mapping=
<!--T:281-->
OTHER_MAPPING
The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above). <br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Private territory mapping records breeding birds within a pre-determined polygon. Data can only be entered through NaturaList. <br/>
<!--T:283-->
<br/>
:'''Record the trace''' <br/>


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM admin menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<!--T:284-->
This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<!--T:287-->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<center>
&nbsp; '''9 Private territory mapping'''
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
[[File:Parameters Record the trace.png|600px]]
<ol>                                             
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
9.1[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
'''Protocols. Record the trace.'''
9.2[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
9.3[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
9.4[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 9.4.1[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    9.4.2[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    9.4.3[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 9.5[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
9.6[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Report| Report]]<br /> 
9.7[[Protocol_management#OTHER_MAPPING Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Preparation and data==
:'''Point number''' <br/>
 
Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Preparation and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Preparation anda data.]]<br/>
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
 
<span id="parameters"></span>


Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Private territory mapping. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Private territory mapping > [[Protocols_web#PTM_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
===Parameters===
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Sites==
<!--T:112-->
Shows the status of the [[Free area tool]] parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''YES:''' [[Free area tool]] is active. <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''NO:''' [[Free area tool]] is inactive. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:113-->
When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace >  [[Free_area_tool|Free area tool]] for details.<br/>
<br/>
<!--T:114-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC free area tool.png|600px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
 
'''Protocols. Free area tool.'''  
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
</div>
<ul>
</div>
1. Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Private territory mapping > [[Media:2023-05-22 PTM Sites.png|Sites]] <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Private territory mapping''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_transect|Draw transects]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Sites.]]<br/>
<!--T:115-->
:'''1. Details''' <br/>
See details of the free area tool. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<!--T:116-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-27 Free area tool details.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Free area tool details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen.<br/>
'''EDIT:''' Modify details. See subsection Edit below.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<!--T:117-->
:'''2. Edit''' <br/>
Edit details of the free area tool.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING User/Site==
<!--T:118-->
<br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:500px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. User/Site.]]<br/>
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC edit free area tool.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:485px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Editing free area tool.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


From the Private territory mapping menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<!--T:119-->
Change status if necessary and click: <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''BACK''' to go to previous screen without saving changes, or<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''MODIFY''' to save changes.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<!--T:120-->
When the [[Free area tool]] is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the [[Free area tool]] as a user:<br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''[[Media:Free area tool, assigned census.png|Assigned census/Sample area]]''': list of assigned areas. <br/>
<span style="color: #000000; margin-left: 25px;"><b>· </b> '''[[Media:Free area tool, statistics.png| Statistics on request]]''': list of messages sent by observers. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Settings==
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Settings.]]<br/>
<span id="Files to playback"></span>
<br/>


Set protocol parameters. Parameters and protocol dependent, see section [[  ]] below for parameters refering to Private territory mapping.<br/>
===Files for playback===
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] for general information. <br/>
<!--T:290-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Files for playback.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Files for playback.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
===OTHER MAPPING Species list===
<br/>
<br/>


Create a list of species to survey. This protocol only accepts a list.<br/>
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]] on how to do it.<br/>
:'''2. Page and items''' <br />
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


===OTHER MAPPING Parameters describing the protocol===
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Private territory mapping does not have any specific parameters; a surveyor will only be asked: <br/>
:'''3. Details''' <br/>
 
See name of species and the file name containing its playback.<br/>
*'''Comments''': Users may enter comment.<br/>
 
*'''Record the trace''': Users can choose to record the trace. See wiki section Mobile interface > Protocols > Enter data > Start of list > record the trace for more information.<br/>
 
*'''Hide all records from the public''': Users may keep observations private. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===OTHER MAPPING Parameters===
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback details.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Species name. <br/>
'''2. File name:''' Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen.<br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' See edit subsection below. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete entry from the list. <br/>
</p>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Private territory mapping protocol.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]] to learn more about protocol parameters.<br/>
:'''4. Edit''' <br/>
Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Check data==
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback edit.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Editing playback details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a different file for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Check data.]]<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
:'''5. Delete'''<br/>
Delete the entry from the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Add a new playback file to the list.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Report==
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:Playback new.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Adding a new playback file.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME:''' Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. File name:''' Click on '''Choose file''' to select a playback file to upload for this species. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go back to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''ADD:''' Save entry to the list.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<span id="shortcuts grop"></span>
<br/>


==OTHER MAPPING Map==
===Shortcuts group===
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Map.]]<br/>
<!--T:122-->
List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:123-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. <br/>
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
<!--T:124-->
[[Protocol_management#Private_territory_mapping|[Top to Private territory mapping]]]<br/>
:'''2. Page and items'''  <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


=Point count=
<!--T:291-->
POINT_COUNT
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:PC Admin Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<!--T:125-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
See details for the selected group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<center>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:500px;">
&nbsp; '''10 Point count'''
[[File:Shortcuts group details.png|500px]]
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
<ol>                                             
'''Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.'''
10.1[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
10.2[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
10.3[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
10.4[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 10.4.1[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    10.4.2[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    10.4.3[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 10.5[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
10.6[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Report| Report]]<br /> 
10.7[[Protocol_management#POINT_COUNT_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''4. EDIT:''' Modify details. Go to next section Edit. <br/>
'''5. DELETE:''' Delete the selected group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
==POINT COUNT Preparation and data==
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:PC admin prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<!--T:126-->
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Point count. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Point count > [[Protocols_web#PC_Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:127-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:500px;">
[[File:Shortcuts group edit.png|500px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:485px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving.<br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==POINT COUNT Sites==
<!--T:128-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
<tr>
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
 
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''  
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
</div>
<ul>
</div>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Point count > [[Media:PC admin sites.png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Point count''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:PC admin sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Sites.]]<br/>
<!--T:129-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Create a new shortcut group.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


List of all existing sites allowing a Point count. <br/>
<!--T:292-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:600px;">
[[File:New shortcuts group.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:585px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Shortcuts group name:''' Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat. <br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''8. ADD:''' Save the nae group. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==POINT COUNT User/Site==
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


[[File:PC Admin User site.png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. User/Site.]]
<span id="shortcuts"></span>
<br/>
<br/>


From the Point count menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
===Shortcuts===
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<!--T:293-->
List of species for which a shortcut exists.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==POINT COUNT Settings==
<!--T:130-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 16.09.54.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''Species:''' Name of species.<br/>
'''Shortcuts group:''' Name of the shortcuts group.<br/>
'''Color code:''' Colour associated to this species. User may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''Order:''' Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-05-22 PTM Settings.png|700px|thumb|center|Private territory mapping. Settings.]]<br/>
<!--T:131-->
:'''1. Search''' <br/>
Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click '''SEARCH'''. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on [[Media:2023-03-17 Diplay full list.png|'''DISPLAY ALL''']] to see the full list.<br />
<br/>
<br/>


Set protocol parameters. Parameters and protocol dependent, see section [[  ]] below for parameters refering to Private territory mapping.<br/>
<!--T:132-->
:'''2. Page and items''' <br/>
Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Settings|Settings]] for general information. <br/>
<!--T:294-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Capture 2023-09-14 at 15.50.31.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Detail for choosing page, item/page'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


===POINT COUNT Species list===
<!--T:133-->
:'''3. Details'''<br/>
See details for the selected speies.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Create a list of species to survey. This protocol only accepts a list.<br/>
<!--T:134-->
<br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Species_list|Species list]] on how to do it.<br/>
[[File:Shortcut detail.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Shortcuts details.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Species name. <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to. <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Colour assigned to the selected species.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''EDIT:''' Edit details. See section Edit below. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
===POINT COUNT Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
<br/>


List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status. Private territory mapping does not have any specific parameters; a surveyor will only be asked: <br/>
<!--T:135-->
 
:'''4. Edit'''<br/>
*'''Comments''': Users may enter comment.<br/>
Edit selected shortcut group.<br/>
 
*'''Record the trace''': Users can choose to record the trace. See wiki section Mobile interface > Protocols > Enter data > Start of list > record the trace for more information.<br/>
 
*'''Hide all records from the public''': Users may keep observations private. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===POINT COUNT Parameters===
<!--T:136-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts details.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Editing shortcuts.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen. <br/>
'''MODIFY:''' Save changes. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the Private territory mapping protocol.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Settings > [[Protocol_management#Parameters|Parameters]] to learn more about protocol parameters.<br/>
<!--T:137-->
:'''5. Delete''' <br/>
Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click '''YES''' to delete and '''NO''' to cancel.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==POINT COUNT Check data==
<!--T:138-->
<br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;width:300px;">
[[File:PC Admin Check data..png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Check data.]]
[[File:Confirm delete.png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:285px;">
'''Protocols. Delete confirmation.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<!--T:139-->
:'''6. NEW'''<br/>
Create a new species shortcut.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:141-->
<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;width:700px;">
[[File:Shortcuts new.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;width:685px;">
'''Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''7. Species:''' Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b). <br/>
'''8. Shortcuts group:''' Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b). <br/>
'''9. Colour code:''' Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the [[Media:Shortcuts colour.png|clour panel]] and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may [[Shortcuts|change it in NaturaList]] afterwards.<br/>
'''10. Order:'''  Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.<br/>
'''BACK:''' Go to previous screen without saving. <br/>
'''ADD:''' Add the new species to the list.. <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>


==POINT COUNT Report==
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
<br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


[[File:PC Admin. Report..png|700px|thumb|center|Point count. Report.]]<br/>
<span id="Import a shapefile settings"></span>
<br/>


Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
===Import a shapefile===
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==POINT COUNT Map==
<span id="Select shapefile"></span>
1. Select shapefile by clicking on '''Choose file''' and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload. <br/>
<span id="Select encoding"></span>
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu. <br/>
<span id="upload"></span>
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:PC Admin Map.png|600px|thumb|center|Point count. Map]]<br/>
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:Import shapefile.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Import a shapefile.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:2;padding-right:5px;">
'''1.''' [[Protocol_management#Select shapefile|Select shapefile]] <br/>
'''2.''' [[Protocol_management#Select encoding|Select encodinng and SRID]] <br/>
'''3.''' [[Protocol_management#upload|Upload file]] <br/>
'''4.''' [[Protocol_management#Import history|Import history]] <br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<span id="Import history"></span>
4. '''Import history''' <br/>
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:142-->
<br/>
[[Protocols#Settings|[Top to Settings]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
<span id="Import shapefile></span>
[[Protocol_management#Point_count|[Top to Point count]]]<br/>
<br/>


=Woodpeckers=
==Import a shapefile==
WOODPECKER
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<center>
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
&nbsp; '''11 Woodpeckers'''
[[File:Protocols. Import shapefile.png|300px]]
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
<ol>                                             
'''Protocols. Import shapefile.'''
11.1[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
11.2[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
11.3[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
11.4[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 11.4.1[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    11.4.2[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    11.4.3[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 11.5[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
11.6[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Report| Report]]<br /> 
11.7[[Protocol_management#WOODPECKER_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


==WOODPECKER Preparation and data==
Direct link to All my protocols > "Name of protocol" > [[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile settings|Import a shapefile]]. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==WOODPECKER Sites==
[[Protocol_management#Import a shapefile|[Top to Import a shapefile]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
 
==Check data==
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:143-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:Protocols. Check data..png|300px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
 
'''Protocols. Check data.'''  
<!--T:20-->
</div>
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
</div>
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Woodpeckers > [[Media:Admin WBC Sites.png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Woodpeckers''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


 
<!--T:144-->
List of all existing sites allowing Woodpeckers' studies. <br/>
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<!--T:145-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data general.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Check data.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


This protocol requires 5 points: <br/>
<!--T:146-->
<br/>
:'''1. Graphs''' <br/>


[[File:2023-10-14 WP final SIte admin.png|700px|thumb|center|Five study points in a Woodpecker protocol.]]
<!--T:147-->
<p style="margin-right:270px;margin-left:270px">
Scroll down to see all graphs: <br/>
'''1.''' Draw point <br/>
'''2.''' Edit point <br/>
'''3.''' Locality the study area will belong to <br/>
'''4.''' Active point, either newly created or ready to edit <br/>
'''5.''' Survey area around the point. Click on any point to hide its survey area. <br/>
</p><br/>
 
==WOODPECKER User/Site ==
<br/>
<br/>


From the Woodpecker menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<!--T:148-->
<br/>
:::'''Number of censuses''': number of censuses per year from last years to present.<br/>
 
:::'''Census duration''': total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present. <br/>
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
:::'''Average census time''': average number of minutes per survey. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==WOODPECKER Settings==
<!--T:149-->
:'''2. Site / Observer''' <br/>
Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===WOODPECKER Species list===
<!--T:150-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


===WOODPECKER Parameters describing the protocol===
<!--T:151-->
<br/>
Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a [[Media:Capture 2023-03-30 WBC display sp.png|list of species recorded]] on a new window.


===WOODPECKER Parameters===
<!--T:152-->
<br/>
The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.


==WOODPECKER Check data==
<!--T:153-->
<br/>
White: = 0 specie


Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<!--T:154-->
<br/>
Red : =1 specie


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:155-->
<br/>
Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.


==WOODPECKER Report==
<!--T:156-->
<br/>
Green: = or >20 species <br />
<br />  


Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<!--T:157-->
:'''3. Period / Site''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image [[Media:2023-03-30 WBC check data site-observer.png|Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer]] as an example of results. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<!--T:158-->
:'''4. Sites without data''' <br/>
Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the '''e-mail''' cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check '''check all''' on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==WOODPECKER Map==
<!--T:159-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC send mail empty census.png|600px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<!--T:160-->
A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click '''SEND THE REQUESTS''' to send the message. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:161-->
<center>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
[[File:2023-03-30 WBC emails.png|700px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
'''Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.'''
</div>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
'''5.''' Type message to personalise email. <br/>
'''6.''' Message recipients.<br/>
</p>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
<!--T:162-->
[[Protocol_management#Woodpeckers|[Top to Woodpeckers]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Check data|[Top to Check data]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
 
==Report==
<br/>
<br/>


=Rock Ptarmigans protocol=
<!--T:163-->
LAGOPUS_MOTA
<center>
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
[[File:Protocols. Report..png|300px]]
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Report.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-10-05 admin Ptarmigans menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Admin menu.]]<br/>
<!--T:164-->
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<!--T:165-->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
<center>
&nbsp; '''12 Rock Ptarmigans protocol'''
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:600px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
[[File:2023-03-27 WBC report, filters.png|600px]]
<ol>                                             
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:585px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
12.1[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
'''Protocols. Filtering results.'''
12.2[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
12.3[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
12.4[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 12.4.1[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    12.4.2[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    12.4.3[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 12.5[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
12.6[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Report| Report]]<br /> 
12.7[[Protocol_management#LAGOPUS_MOTA_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>


==LAGOPUS MOTA Preparation and data==
<!--T:166-->
:'''1. Filter dates''' <br/>
Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP, prep + data.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<!--T:167-->
:'''2. Temporal aggregation''' <br/>
Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
::: '''Day:''' Shows results per day. This is the default option. <br/>
::: '''Pentad:''' Shows results in groups of five days. <br/>
::: '''Week:''' Shows results per week. <br/>
::: '''Decade:''' Shows results in groups of ten days. <br/>
::: '''Month:''' Shows results per month.<br/>
::: '''Year:''' Shows results per year.<br>
<br/>
<br/>


Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Rock Ptarmigans protocol > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<!--T:168-->
:'''3. Spatial aggregation''' <br/>
Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are: <br/>
::: '''Country:''' Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered;  if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.<br/>
::: '''Canton:'''  Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.<br/>
::: '''Municipality:''' Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.<br/>
::: '''Supersite:''' A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created. <br/>
::: '''Place:''' A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot  or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
:::
::: '''Locality:'''  A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.
<br/>
<br/>


==LAGOPUS MOTA Sites==
<!--T:169-->
:'''4. Visualisation''' <br/>
::: '''SHOW: '''See results on screen, or <br/>
::: '''EXPORT: '''Download results on an excel file.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


<!--T:170-->
<center>
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:700px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;">
<tr>
[[File:2023-04-03 WBC report results.png|700px]]
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:685px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px;">
 
'''Protocols. Report results.'''
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
</div>
<ul>
<p style="color:black;font-size:12px;padding-left:5px;text-align:left;column-count:1;padding-right:5px;">
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Rock Ptarmigans protocol > [[Media:2023-10-05 admin PP. Sites.png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
'''2. Temporal aggregation:''' Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results. <br/>
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
'''3. Study site name:''' Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results. <br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Rock Ptarmigans protocol''']]<br/>
'''5. List of species:''' List of species registered at each site. <br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw a polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</div>
</center>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP. Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Sites.]]<br/>
<!--T:171-->
<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Report|[Top to Report]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]


List of all existing sites allowing a Rock Ptarmigan protocol. <br/>
==Map==
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<!--T:172-->
<br/>
<center>
 
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;background-color:#ffffff;width:300px;padding-left:8px;padding-right:8px;padding-bottom:8px;">
==LAGOPUS MOTA User/Site==
[[File:Protocols. Map..png|300px]]
<br/>
<div class="toc" style="border-radius:5px;width:285px;padding-left:15px;text-align:left; font-size:12px">
'''Protocols. Map.'''
</div>
</div>
</center>


[[File:2023-10-05 admin PP. User-site.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. User / Site.]]<br/>
<!--T:298-->
<br/>
<br/>
From the Rock Ptarmigan protocol menu, select '''User / Site''' to assign users to study sites. <br/>
<br/>
<br/>


Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<!--T:299-->
Map and statistics for the site. <br/>
Administrators have more functions than registered users (see [[Protocols_web#Quick_links|user's Quick links]]), and can see all data in the site from all users.<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


==LAGOPUS MOTA Settings==
<!--T:300-->
For more information visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocols_web#Map|Map]].<br/>
<br/>
<br/>


===LAGOPUS MOTA Species list===
<!--T:173-->
[[Protocol_management#Map|[Top to Map]]] <br/>
[[#top|[Back to Protocols]]]
<br/>
<br/>
===LAGOPUS MOTA Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
<br/>


===LAGOPUS MOTA Parameters===
</translate>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP. Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. User/Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP. Reports.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Reports.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==LAGOPUS MOTA Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-05 Admin PP.Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Ptarmigans Protocol. Map.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Rock Ptarmigans protocol|[Top to Rock Ptarmigans protocol]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Black Grouse protocol=
TETRAO_TETRIX
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP Admin menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Admin Menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''13 Black Grouse protocol'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
13.1[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
13.2[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
13.3[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
13.4[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 13.4.1[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    13.4.2[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    13.4.3[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 13.5[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
13.6[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Report| Report]]<br /> 
13.7[[Protocol_management#TETRAO_TETRIX_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP Preparation and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Preparation and data.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Black Grouse protocol > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Black Grouse protocol > [[Media:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin sites..png|Sites]]> +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Black Grouse protocol''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_polygon|Draw polygon]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin sites..png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Sites.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. User/Site.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
From the Point count menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Settings==
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Species list===
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===TETRAO TETRIX Parameters===
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Admin Check data..png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Check data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Report==
<br/>
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Report.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==TETRAO TETRIX Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 BGP. Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Black Grouse Protocol. Map.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Black Grouse protocol|[Top to Black Grouse protocol]]]<br/>
<br/>
 
=Woodcock monitoring=
WOODCOCK
<br/>
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC monitoring. Menu.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Menu.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
<div class="toc" style="width:350px;"> <!-- La llargada s'ha de canviar aquí -->
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-expandtext="Show" data-collapsetext="Hide"  style="width:300px;margin-bottom:0px;margin-top:0px;background-color:#f7f7f7;">
&nbsp; '''14 Woodcock monitoring'''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content" style="width:350px;background-color:#f7f7f7;"> <!-- I també cal canviar la llargada aquí -->
<ol>                                             
14.1[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Preparation_and_data| Preparation and data]] <br />               
14.2[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Sites| Sites]]<br /> 
14.3[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_User/Site| User/Site]]<br /> 
14.4[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Settings| Settings]] <br /> 
<ol> 14.4.1[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Species_list| Species list]]<br /> 
    14.4.2[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Parameters_describing_the_protocol| Parameters describing the protocol]]<br /> 
    14.4.3[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Parameters| Parameters]]<br />  </ol></ol>
<ol> 14.5[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Check_data| Check Data]]<br /> 
14.6[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Report| Report]]<br /> 
14.7[[Protocol_management#WOODCOCK_Map| Map]]<br />  </ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Preparation and data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Prep and data.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Preparation and data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Identical section to the one available to registered users with rights to the Waterbird Census Protocol. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Woodcock monitoring > [[Protocols_web#Preparation_and_data|Preparation and data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Sites==
<br/>
 
<center>
<table class="toc" width="700px" style="border:1px solid black;">
<tr>
<td style="padding: 25px; text-align: left; font-family: sans-serif; color: black; background-color: #ffffdb">
 
<p><b> CREATE A NEW SITE:</b><br />
<ul>
1. Directly by <b>Transmit my sightings</b> map <br/>or <br/>through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Woodcock monitoring > [[Media:2023-10-09 WC Sites.png|Sites]] > +NEW button <br />
2. Select new site as if [[Submitting_records|Submitting records]]<br/>
3. Choose [[Media:Draw waterbird polygon.png|'''Create a protocoled census -Woodcock monitoring''']]<br/>
4. [[Media:Name a new WBC site.png|Name the new site]]<br/>
5. [[Geometry_editor#Drawing_a_point|Draw points]] or [[Media:2023-03-14 Importing a plygon shapefile.png|import shapefile]]<br/>
6. '''SAVE'''
</ul>
</p>
</td></tr></table>
</center>
<br/>
<br/>
 
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Sites.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Sites.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Sites|Sites]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK User/Site==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC. User Site.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring, User/Site.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
From the Private territory mapping menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#User/Site|User/Site]]<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Settings==
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Species list===
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Parameters describing the protocol===
<br/>
 
===WOODCOCK Parameters===
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Check data==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Check data.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Check data.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise a summary of survey data.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Check_data|Check data]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Report==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Report.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Report.]]<br/>
<br/>
 
Visualise pooled results from surveys.<br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > [[Protocol_management#Report|Report]] for more information.<br/>
<br/>
 
==WOODCOCK Map==
<br/>
 
[[File:2023-10-09 WC Map.png|700px|thumb|center|Woodcock monitoring. Map.]] <br/>
<br/>
 
Display the area map by polygon, and see its statistics. <br/>
<br/>
 
Visit wiki section Web interface > Protocol > [[Protocol_management#Map|Map]] for more information. <br/>
<br/>
 
[[#top|[Top to Protocols]]]<br/>
[[Protocol_management#Woodcock monitoring|[Top to Woodcock monitoring]]]<br/>
<br/>

Latest revision as of 19:56, 3 September 2026


To access the administration of a protocol you need the Protocol administrator right. Only an Admin of the Local portal can provide you such access, under certain conditions.

The easiest way to access protocol functions is through the Protocol panel. See wiki section Accessing protocols below for details.

See below a comparing table with all existing protocols, their availability and requirements. Protocols are not available by default; Administrators should request Biolovision the desired protocols.

Protocols summary table
Name Code Group Web
support
NaturaList
Android
Points Transects Polygons Surveys/Year
Number Time/point1 Number Time/transect1 Number Time/polygon1
Acoustic data ACOUSTIC Birds YES NO
Bee-eater BEEEATER Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Bewick's Swan BEWICKII Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Biometric data BIOMETRIC Bats YES NO
Birding bird protocol BVM Birds YES YES 3-23 5 2
Birds of Prey SNSP_RAPTOR Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Black Grouse protocol TETRAO_TETRIX Birds YES YES 1 ≥ 60 2??
Breeding waterbirds WATERBIRD_BREEDING Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Butterflies monitoring PSMD Birds YES NO 1 10
CBBS in Protected areas CBBM_PROTECTED_AREAS Birds NO YES
Cirl Bunting CIRL Birds YES YES many undetermined
CoBiMo COBIMO Birds NO YES ≥ 1 undetermined undetermined
Corncrake CREX Birds YES YES 1 undetermined
Corncrake CORNCRAKE Birds YES YES ≥ 1 undetermined
Crane CRANE_ROOST Birds YES YES
Ecological area sample OEFS Birds YES NO undetermined
Forest birds PTAKI_LESNE Birds YES NO 1 undetermined 4
Garzaie Italia?? GI Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
GLC GLC Birds YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Goose/Swan (field) census GOOSE_SWAN_FIELD Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Goose/Swan (roost) census GOOSE_SWAN_ROOST Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Great Cormorant CORMORANT Birds YES NO undetermined
Grey Heron ARDEA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Grey Partridge PERDIX Birds YES YES 1 1 undetermined undetermined
Gulls & Terns GULLS_TERNS Birds YES YES
Jackdaw JACKDAW Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Meadow birds MEADOW Birds YES NO ≥ 1
MF Monitoring of breeding birds in wetlands MF Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
MHB & BDM MHB_BDM Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Anfibi MNIA Amphibians YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoraggio Nazionale Italiano Rettili MNIR Reptiles YES NO 1 undetermined undetermined
Monitoring high-alpine birds CBBM_HIGHALPS Birds YES NO undetermined
Moonwatch census MOONWATCH Birds YES NO
Nightjar NIGHTJAR Birds YES NO undetermined
NocMig census NOCMIG Birds YES NO
Nou Atles diurn??? NOU_ATLES_DIURN??? Birds YES NO 5 60 2
Nou Atles nocturn?? NOU_ATLES_NOCTURN?? Birds YES NO 2 60 1
Other territory mapping OTHER_MAPPING Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Point count POINT_COUNT Birds YES YES 1
Private territory mapping TERRITORY_MAPPING Birds NO YES
Protocoled census PROTOCOLED Birds YES NO ≥ 1 ≥ 1 ≥ 1
Protocoled census GENERIC_BIRD/PROTOCOLED? Birds YES NO 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined 0-50 undetermined undetermined
Reed-breeding species REEDBREEDERS Birds YES YES
Rock Ptarmigans protocol LAGOPUS_MOTA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined 1 60 2
Rook CORVUS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Sand Martin RIPARIA Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Scops-owl SCOPS Birds YES YES
Semi-common territorial species CBBM_SEMI_COMMON Birds YES YES
SHOC SHOC Birds YES NO 10 undetermined 2
SHOC Sites SHOC-SITE Birds YES YES ≥1 undetermined
SHOC sites RNF SHOC-SITE-RNF Birds YES YES ≥1 undetermined
Shorebirds, Anatidae, Grebes and Coots breeding LIMAT Birds YES YES
Single nesting species (SNSP) SNSP Birds NO YES
Small Owls OWLS_SMALL Birds YES YES
SOCC Seguiment d'ocells comuns a Catalunya SOCC Birds YES NO 1 120-150 4
STOC EPS STOC_EPS Birds
Mammals
YES NO 10 5 9 undetermined 3
STOC Montagne STOC_MONTAGNE Birds YES YES ≥10 10 ≥9 2
STOC ONF STOC_ONF Birds
Mammals
YES NO 10 5 3
STOC Sites STOC_SITES Birds YES YES 1-50 5 undetermined
STOC Sites RNF STOC_SITES_RNF Birds YES NO 1-50 5 undetermined
VBS Monitoring of breeding birds on training military areas VBS Birds NO YES 1 undetermined undetermined
Waterbird census protocol WATERBIRDS Birds YES YES 1 undetermined undetermined
White stork WHITESTORK Birds YES NO undetermined
Woodcock monitoring WOODCOCK Birds YES YES 1? undetermined
Woodpeckers WOODPECKER Birds YES YES 5
Woodpecker territory PICIDAE Birds YES YES
Wryneck WRYNECK Birds YES YES
1 Time is provided in minutes.




Technical functions of protocols

Open the table below to see a list of existing functions for protocols, with technical details and examples. Click on an image to enlarge.

Technical functions of protocols
Name Code Type Default value Description Image1
ID ID Full name automatic Unique number associated to protocol and determined by Biolovision.
Name NAME Chain of caracteres (45) - Name describing the protocol.
Symbol SYMBOL Chain of caracteres (512) - Icon identifying a record belonging to a protocol.
Patron TEMPLATE Chain of caracteres (45) - PDF template name for printing maps2. Requires one file per language. The right part and corners must remain empty (to be filled automatically). QR on corners contain geographic coordinates for data digitization.
Circle RADIUS Integer 0 Attach concentric cercles at RADIUS distance.
Number of circles RADIUS_CNT Integer 0 Attach RADIUS_CNT (number) circles at RADIUS distance.
Warning out of circle RADIUS_ALERT Boolean 1 Show message when a record is placed outside the outermost circle.
SHOW_ESTIMATION Boolean 1 Attach count precision options. If absent, count is precise.
Pre-defined keys BUTTONS json - Json file to attach buttons with age/sex information, atlas code and flight direction3 for entering data.
Use sum USE_SUM Boolean 1 Attach a button to add individuals without precise location. Only available for polygons and transects.
Automatic "non-precise" line AUTOMATIC_UNPRECISE
_SUM_SPECIES
Boolean 0 To automatically add blank, non-precise "sum" lines for each species in a list. Only available for web interface.
Minimum number of points NBRE_POINTS_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of points allowed on a protocol with point geometry.
Maximum number of points NBRE_POINTS_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of points allowed on a protocols with point geometry.
Time at point TIME_POINT Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this point (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Taxa at point TAXO_POINT Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at points.
Secondary taxa at point ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POINT Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at points.
Minimum number of transects NBRE_TRANSECTS_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of transects allowed on a protocol with transect geometry.
Maximum number of transects NBRE_TRANSECTS_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of transects allowed on a protocols with transect geometry.
Time at transect TIME_TRANSECT Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this transect (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Taxa at transect TAXO_TRANSECT Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at transects.
Secondary taxa at transect ADDITIONAL_TAXO_TRANSECT Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at transects.
Minimum number of polygons NBRE_POLYGONES_MIN Integer 0 Minimum number of polygons allowed on a protocol with polygon geometry.
Maximum number of polygons NBRE_POLYGONES_MAX Integer 0 Maximum number of polygons allowed on a protocols with polygon geometry.
Time at polygon TIME_POLYGONE Integer (minute) - Define a time in minutes to restrict count at this polygon (NULL otherwise). Attaches a visual timer on protocols with restricted time. The phone vibrates when the time is over.
Taxa at polygon TAXO_POLY Integer 1 (birds) Taxonomic group to count at polygon.
Secondary taxa at polygon ADDITIONAL_TAXO_POLY Integer - Secondary taxonomic group to count at polygons.
Number of external limits NBRE_BOUNDING_BOX_MAX Integer - Defines number maximum of polygons the user can define (ie. one for birds on ground, one for flying birds). Only available in web interface.
Precise point USE_PRECISE_POINTING Boolean 1 Authorises precise position of observation. To use on web interface (mobile is always precise).
Number of surveys NBRE_PASSAGE Integer - Number of surveys during the defined period. It does not allow data after the defined number.
Project code PROJECT_ID Integer - Allows entering a project related to a protocol. By default PROJECT_ID is pre-selected.
Automatic mask AUTO_HIDDEN Boolean - Data belonging to a protocol are hidden automatically.
Boundary layer OVERLAY_LAYER Chain of characters (15) - Automatically retrieve underlaying perimeter when surface is predetermined.
Grid size OVERLAY_GRID_SIZE Integer - Automatically attach a grid on the map.
Detail can be provided REQUIRE_DETAIL Boolean 1 Make entering age and sex compulsory.
Set only by admin ONLY_ADMIN_CREATE Boolean 0 When active, only administrators can create a perimeter.
Right to create site CREATE_ACCESS ('basic', 'only_admin_create', 'need_validation') 'basic' Moe to create a new survey (everybody, only admins, everybody with authorisation, respectively).
Management of species list DAILY_LIST_SPECIES Boolean 0 When active, an admin can create a pre-defined list for a protocol.
Save button SAVE_BUTTON_TYPE ('partial_full', 'partial', 'full') 'partial_full' Attach button to indicate at the end of the list if it was complete or partial (attach both options, only partial, only full, respectivelly).
Simultaneous entry of multiple sites SIMULTANEOUS_FORM Boolean 0 Allows counting at two sites at the same time (ie. One site at each side of the road). Only available for polygons.
DAILY_LIST_SPECIES_FILTER Boolean 0
Enable extended list EXTENDED_SPECIES_LIST Boolean 0 When active, provides at the end of the list two different pre-determined lists, the second one more extended. The user can choose according to available time.
Species list limitation FIXED_SPECIES_LIST Boolean 0 When active, a list of species is provided and user must choose species within the list.
Starting month START_MONTH Integer 6th June Month of first survey.
COLOR Integer Chain of characters (6)
Default reproduction index DEFAULT_ATLAS_CODE Integer 0 To enter an atlas code automatically when entering a value.
Advanced mode USE_ADVANCED Boolean 0 To active "two input modes": one basic and one advanced.
Habitat input HABITAT ('none','stoc') 'none' For STOC protocols, an additional form is required. Only available at web interface.
Input method FORM_USED ('unique_detail','detail','distance','calling','section') 'detail' To define input interface (to develop further).
Read only READ_ONLY Boolean 1 To disable data entry. Ie. at the end of a survey, data remains available but does not accept new entries.
Encourage counting POPUP_NO_VALUE Boolean 0 To avoid 'not counted' data. A message encourages user to enter a precise count, not compulsory.
Allow empty form ALLOW_EMPTY_FORM Boolean 1 To allow registering empty list. Allows registering negative prospections.
Tablet interface TWO_PANEL_MAP Boolean 0 To activate tablet mode: horizontal view with form on the right and map on the left. Phone mode available sliding form onto the map.
Without web interface NO_WEB_INTERFACE Boolean 0 To deactivate data input through web interface. Only allows data through mobile.
Import suffix ADD_IMPORT_SUFFIX Boolean 0 When active, to add protocol suffix to name site.
Save at each stage SAVE_LOOP Boolean 0 To save at each entry to avoid data loss when ie. the protocol is long and/or complex. Only available in web interface.
Conflict with colony mode CONFLICTING_WITH_COLONY Boolean 0 To deactivate Colony mode, and avoid doble input when the protocol concern the same colonies.
Regular vibration TIME_NOTIFICATION integer 0 To indicate time. If greater than zero, phone vibrates regularly at TIME_NOTIFICATION minutes.
FILTER_ID_SPECIES
FILTER_STRICT Boolean 0
Default count DEFAULT_COUNT (", 'x', '1') " Number displayed by default in the input mask. Nothing, not counted or 1.
Playback USE_PLAYBACK Boolean 9 To allow playback. Requires uploading files for each species at admin interface.
Shortcut list USE_SHORTCUT Boolean 0 To include a list of pre-determined shortcuts.
Visible in participation interface TAKE_PART_LISTING Boolean 0 The protocol is active in the promotion interface. Volunteers can register.
Extended details SHOW_EXTENDED_DETAILS Boolean 0 To add additional details.
Additional geometry NBRE_EXTRA_GEOMETRY_MAX Integer 0 To authorise the attachment of additional geometries (ie. starting point). If greater than zero, equals maximum number of authorised geometries.
Default time length TIME_POINT_DEFAULT Integer 0 At web interface, to define a default time length for a protocol when several surveys take place in succession (ie. a series of points). To use in combination with "recopier les infos" to retrieve information from previous count.
Count type COUNT_TYPES json {} To define a different interface to input data. ie.["singing", "calling", "visual"]

1Click on image, if available, to enlarge.
2For details see wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Preparation and data >Download map.
3Direction can be used in combinations with other buttons.






Accessing protocols


Access all protocols functions through the Protocol panel or limited functions as if Submitting records.
Visit wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for more details for more details on the second option.

To access the protocol panel:

· Go to Main menu > Administration

If you are an administrator, go to the administration section on the left hand column (see image Administration), and scroll down to Protocol administration. Open panel and select Protocol administration (see image below).

Protocol administration.



Or,
· Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocol

Go to Main menu > Taking part > All my protocols. You will see all protocols you have access to, either as an administrator or otherwise. Users with no administration rights can also follow this path to access protocols but they are no given all options within a protocol.

Admin protocol through All my protocol.



Administrators and users with appropriate rights may have additional ways to access certain protocol functions:

Modify protocol

Modify the protocol from

· Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.

· Protocol panel > Preparation and data, as described in Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Modify protocol.

· Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > Edit for details.

Create protocol

Create a new protocol from

· Submitting records, as described in wiki section Web interface > Local portal > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Create protocol.

· Protocol panel > Sites. Only available to administrators. Go to wiki section Administration > Protocol management > Sites > +NEW to see how to do it.




Access protocol panel:
· Through Menu > Take part > All my protocols.
· Through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > Protocol administration.

Enter data:
· Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Add observations.
· Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols > Entering data for details.

Modify protocol:
· Through Protocol panel > Preparation and data > Modify the protocol, or Protocol panel > Sites > Edit.
· Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Modify protocol for details.

Create protocol:
· Through Protocol panel > Sites > +NEW.
· Through Submitting records. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Accessing protocols >Create protocol for details.



[Top to Accessing protocols]
[Back to Protocols management]

Preparation and data


https://help.biolovision.net/images/5/56/Protocols._Preparation_and_data..png

Protocols. Preparation and data.


Identical section to the one of Waterbird Census Protocol, we took as an example, available to registered users with rights. It allows printing maps and entering observations. See wiki section Web interface > Protocols > 'Protocol name' > Preparation and data for more information.

[Top to Preparation and data]
[Back to Protocols]

Sites




CREATE A NEW SITE:
1. Directly by Transmit my sightings map
or
through Menu > Administration > Protocol administration > 'Protocol name' > Sites > +NEW button
2. Select new site as if Submitting records
3. Choose Create a protocoled census -Name of the protocol
4. Name the new site
5. Draw geometry (polygon, dot, transect) or import shapefile
6. SAVE



https://help.biolovision.net/images/6/6d/Protocols._Sites..png

Protocols. Sites.


List of all existing sites allowing a protocoled data entry (here as an example, the Waterbird census). Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

https://help.biolovision.net/images/1/14/WBC_list_of_sites.png

Protocols. Existing sites.

Reference name: Official name given to the study site. This is given by an administrator or user with special rights.
Custom name: A different name under which the same place may be also known, or a name easier for the user. This can be set by the user allowed for that site himself.
Reference locality: Name of the location all observations from the protocol will be associated to.
Municipality: Municipality the locality belongs to.
Altitude: Altitude associated to the locality.


 

1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, Locality, Municipality , or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to desactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

Click to see details of selected site.

4. Edit

Click to edit details of selected site.

5. New site

Create a new site.

1. Click + NEW under the list. Select the site as if entering an observation (see wiki section Web interface > Submitting records if necessary) and choose the new option: Create a protocoled census - 'Name of the Protocol' (here Waterbird census, see image below).


Creating a new site for Waterbird census protocol.


2. Enter a name for the new site.


Naming a new Waterbird census site.

Name of reference locality: Location under which all observations of the protocol will be associated to. It is created by the administrator when creating a new protocol site and cannot be changed afterwards.
Reference name: Type a name for the new site. It can be a real name or a code, and consist on letters, numbers or a combination of both.
Custom name: Type an additional name to the site if known. This name can be changed afterwards by the end user allocated to that site.


3. Either:
· Draw polygon, transect or point as explained in wiki section Web interface > Geometry editor or,
· Import shapefile:


Importing a polygon shapefile.

1. Choose datum and
2. upload the file.
3. When done, click IMPORT.


After a new polygon, transect or point is created, it is possible to export it as a shapefile to use in the future or modify. Click on the file icon under the Polygon (Point, Line or Bounding box) section (see image below, encircled). If necessary, modify it and IMPORT as explained above.


Saving the shapefile of a newly created site.




USE THE POLYGON/TRANSECT/POINT/BOUNDING BOX FOR:
· draw or edit the site polygon on the map,
· import a polygon from a shapefile instead of drawing it manually,
· export the created polygon as a shapefile for later reuse or modification, and/or
· delete the polygon/site if needed (as long as no data are linked to it).



4. When the new site is ready you have three options:
SAVE AND STAY to save the site and continue making changes, or
SAVE AND ADD A RECORD to save and start entering observations or
DELETE SITE if needed. Note: That option is only available as long no data are linked to that site.


The new site is now created and saved (indicated at the top of the page). You have now the option to delete the newly created site if necessary (see image Deleting a newly created site). Otherwise, go anywhere in the page or start the whole process to create other sites without loosing the new one.


6. Export sites

Click DOWNLOAD to export:
· a .txt file with the full list of existing sites, or
· a shapefile with geometry for all existing sites.

Export sites.

1. Download a list of existing files.
2. Download geometry of existing files.




[Top to Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

User/Site


Protocols. User/Site.


From the "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" menu, select User / Site to assign users to study sites.

Access to sites

List of observers allowed to conduct "Name of the protocol (for example Waterbird Census Protocol)" and the site/s they are assigned to. Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

To allow a user to conduct a protocoled census, visit wiki section Administration > Users administration > Admin users > Observers.

Protocols. Access to sites.

User name: Name, email address and user number of observer.
Reference name: Reference name of the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" site (local official one).

1. Search
2. Page and items
3. Details
4. Edit
5. Delete
6. EXPORT
7. + NEW


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a site, user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied and you want to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details of observers and their assigned site.

Protocols. User/site Details.

User name: Observer name, email address and local site user number.
Reference name: Name of site the observer has right to survey for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .
Custom name: Additional name under which the site is also known.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the user assigned to this site, or the site assigned to this user.

Protocols. Editing User/site.

10. Modify observer assigned to this site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify site assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. EXPORT

Export list as a .txt file.

7. + NEW

Grant rights to observer to conduct "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" census on designated sites.

Protocols. Adding new user to site.

10. Select observer to grant access to a certain site. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select site to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new site (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


Administration users rights (Protocols)

List of users and administrators with access to the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" . Use arrows on columns to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

Users and administrators of protocol (in this example, Waterbird census protocol).


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a right, a user, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL.

2. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

3. Details

See the rights granted to the selected observer.

Protocols. Rights details.

Number: This is for Biolovision's internal use.
User name: Name, e-mail and local site user number of the user receiving the right.
Right granted: Right the selected user is granted to.
8. BACK: Go back to main list.
4. EDIT: See Edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Revoque observer's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .


4. Edit

Modify the rights granted to an observer.

Protocols. Editing rights.

10. Modify observer assigned to this right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Modify rights assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
9. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Revoque the user's right to survey this site for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" .

6. + NEW

Add a new right to an observer.

Protocols. Adding new right.

10. Select observer to grant a right. Start typing the name of the new observer (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
11. Select right to be assigned to the observer. Start typing the name of the new right (a) and choose from the expandable panel (b).
8. BACK: Go to previous screen without saving changes.
12. ADD: Save new addition.


7. Protocol administrators

List of administrators of "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" and their email addresses.

[Top to User/Sites]
[Back to Protocols]

Settings


Protocols. Settings.


Set protocol parameters.

Species list




Parametring a species list helps users to report all species of the protocol without forgetting any. It is faster for the user to enter records in the field because they only have to fill the number of individuals for mandatory species.
Please take time as an administrator to fill this section before the fieldwork season starts.

An extended list is useful if you want to add interesting but not mandatory species to a report.



List of species designated as part of a basic or an extended list. If no species are designated as part of any list, the section appears empty but users are still asked to indicate which list they are using. Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

Protocols. Species list.

Species: list of species selected to survey.
Extended species list?: species belonging to an extended species list.
Order: order of appearance.


See Ending the list in NaturaList to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH.

When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species, their assigned order in the list and to which type of list they belong.

Protocols. Details of Species list.

Species: species selected for details display or editing.
Extended species list?: Yes: species belong to extended species list / No: species belong to basic list.
See Ending the list to know the difference between a basic, an extended and a complete list.
Order: order of appearance.
7. BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete species from the list.


4. Edit

Modify details for the selected species.

Protocols. Editing species lists.

10. Species: Modify, if necessary, the name of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
14. MODIFY: Save changes.


5. Delete

Delete the species from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new species to the list.

Protocols. Adding a new species to the list.

10. Species: Start typing the name, or part of the name, of the species (10a) and select from the expandable menu (10b).
11. Extended species list?: Choose if the species will be part of an extended list (YES) or a basic list (NO).
12. Order: Type the order in which the selected species will appear in the list.
13. BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
15. ADD: Add the list species to the list.




NOTE:
Even when no species are designated as a basic or an extended list (this section remains empty), users are still asked to indicate which list they follow.
We recommend to define these lists to avoid confusion and misunderstandings among users.



[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Parameters describing the protocol

List of all parameters describing the protocol and their current status.

Use arrows under titles to alternate between ascending and descending order (see image as an example).

Protocol parameters. Settings.


1. Search

Select page number and/or number of items per page.

2. Active?

Indicates if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol but is not blocking if the user leave it empty.

3. Mandatory?

Indicates if it will be mandatory to provide information regarding this parameter. The question will appear when filling the protocol and have to be answered before going to the next step, a warning asking to fill it appears if not answered.

4. Order

Order in which the different parameters will appear at the beginning of the protocol.

5. Details

See details associated to the selected parameter.

Waterbird census protocol. Parameters display.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit. See corresponding subsection below.


6. Edit

Modify settings for the selected parameter.

Waterbirds census protocol. Editing parameter settings.

8. Select if the user will be asked to provide information about the corresponding parameter.
9. Select if it will be manatory to provide information regarding this parameter.
10. Type the order in which the parameter will appear at the beginning of the protocol.
BACK: Go back to the previous screen without saving changes.
MODIFY: Save changes to the parameter.


7. Parameters

Parameters are protocol dependent. Please refer to each individual protocol for details on each parameter.

Expand the table below to see all possible parameters and the protocols they appear at. Use arrows to alternate between ascending and descending order.

Parameters
Parameter name Description Protocol
Acoustic number To indicate the acoustic number. Acoustic data
Acoustic number detail To indicate what the acoustic number provided refers to. Acoustic data
Activity of the individual To indicate the activity of the individual. Acoustic data
Additional observer(s) To indicate if the user is accompanied by someone whose observations are also recorded. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, CBBS, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory,
Appearance of udders To indicate the appearance of udders. Biometric data
Calcar To enter information about the calcar. Biometric data
Capture method To indicate how the animal was caught. Biometric data
Census not done STOC EPS
Chin pad (Plecotus) To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Cloud cover To indicate if there are clouds. Various:
Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census,
Cm3 (mm) To indicate the length of cm3. Biometric data
Color of oral glands To indicate the colour of oral glands. Biometric data
Comment To leave a comment. All
Conditions in general To indicate about surveying conditions overall regarding weather and disturbances. The user may be asked to indicate on next section the reason if surveying conditions are not good. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory
Conditions (notes) To leave a note regarding conditions. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, CBBS, Corncrake (points), Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Sand Martin, SNSP, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory
Count method To indicate if the survey takes place from the ground, the air, the water, a different way, or if it is unknown. Waterbird census
Count number To indicate from the expandable menu the visit the data corresponds to. Various
Count paid To indicate if the count is paid for or not. Waterbird census
Count type To indicate if it is a roost count or otherwise. Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census
Counting mammals? To indicate if besides the compulsory taxonomic group, mammals were also counted. SOCC
Coverage To indicate how much of the designated survey area is covered in the survey. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, Corncrake (points), Grey Partridge, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory
Coverage (notes) To add any comment about coverage. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, SNSP, Woodpecker territory
Determination methods To indicate the determination method used. Acoustic data
Drone used? To indicate if drones were used during the survey. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP
Ear To enter information about the ear. Biometric data
Ear width (mm) To indicate the width of the ear. Biometric data
Foot To enter information about the foot. Biometric data
Foot hair (Plecotus) To indicate the presence of hairs on the foot. Biometric data
Forearm (mm) To indicate the length of the forearm. Biometric data
Fused wing cells (Pipistrellus) To merge the information from wing cells. Biometric data
Habitat Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, SHOC Sites
Hair color To indicate the hair colour. Biometric data
Haymaking/harvest/pasture To indicate land management. Corncrake (polygons)
Hide all records from the public To check if the user wants to keep their observations private. All
Ice To indicate the percentage of water surface that is frozen. Waterbird census
Important changes (since last count?) To indicate if there have been major changes since the last visit. Various:
Bee eater, Birds of prey, Cirl Bunting, CoBiMo, Corncrake (polygons), Grey Partridge, Jackdaw, Meadow birds, Rook, Sand Martin, SNSP, Waterbird census, Woodpeckers, Woodpecker territory
Intact nests Number of intact nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin
Means of transport Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF
Moving/Harvest To indicate the surface that has been harvested or mown. Corncrake (polygons), Meadow birds
Nasal leaf length To indicate the length of the nasal leaf. Biometric data
Nest location To select the location of the nest. Jackdaw
Net / harp-trap detail To add details on certain types of traps: Nets and harp-traps. Biometric data
Neutralised time SOCC
No species were seen To check if the user did not detect any of the study species. Waterbird census
Number of canoes/kayaks To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of fishing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of motor boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of nests occupied by other species Number of nests occupied by species other than the ones counted in the current protocol.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin
Number of persons on shore To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of rowing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sailing boats To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of sports divers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of stand up paddlers To enter number. Waterbird census
Number of surfers To enter number. Waterbird census
Occupied nests Number of occupied nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Bee eater, Jackdaw, Rook, Sand Martin
Optical equipment To indicate which equipment is used for the survey. Only one option is possible. Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Grey Partridge, Sand Martin, Waterbird census
Ossification level of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges To indicate the level of ossification of the epiphyses at the joint of the phalanges. Biometric data
Playback To check the species names for which playback will be played during the survey. Woodpeckers
Potential breeding pairs To enter the number of breeding pairs.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Jackdaw
Rain To indicate if there are any rain. Various
Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF
Reason(s) for moderate / bad conditions To choose the reason for bad surveying conditions. Only one option is possible. Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census
Size of the epididymis To indicate the size of the epididymis. Biometric data
Size of oral glands. To indicate the size of the oral glands. Biometric data
Snow Various:
Corncrake (polygons), STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census,
Snow/Snow coverage To indicate the proportion of snow cover. Various:
Waterbird census, STOC EPS
Social vocalisation type To indicate the type of vocalisation. Acoustic data
Song To indicate what prompted the singing. Corncrake (polygons)
Sound played The user should indicate if they used playback to detect the species. Grey Partridge
Suspected nests Number of suspected nests.
This information will be asked when entering data.
Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin
Tail To enter information about the tail. Biometric data
Temperature To indicate approximate temperature. SOCC
Temporary shallow water bodies To indicate the frequency of water bodies. Corncrake, Meadow birds
Testicles size To indicate the size of the testicles. Biometric data
Thumb To enter information about the thumb. Biometric data
Tibia To enter information about the tibia. Biometric data
Tragus To enter information about the tragus. Biometric data
Tragus width (mm) To indicate the width of the tragus. Biometric data
Vaginal tunic color To indicate the colour of the vaginal tunic. Biometric data
Visibility To indicate the approximate distance within which it is possible to identify species, or an overall description. Various:
Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF, Waterbird census
Water level To indicate the water level. Various:
Bee eater, Rook, Sand Martin, Waterbird census
Waves to indicate how the waves are. Waterbird census
Weight (g) To indicate the weight of the animal. Biometric data
Wind To indicate if there is any wind. Various:
, Corncrake (polygons), SOCC, STOC EPS, STOC Sites, STOC Montagne, STOC ONF, STOC Sites RNF, SHOC, SHOC Sites RNF
1P3D To enter information about 1P3D. Biometric data
1P4D To enter information about 1P4D. Biometric data
1P5D To enter information about 1P5D. Biometric data
2nd finger To enter information about the second finger. Biometric data
2nd metacarpus To enter information about the second metacarpus. Biometric data
2P3D To enter information about 2P3D. Biometric data
2P4D To enter information about 2P4D. Biometric data
2P5D To enter information about 2P5D. Biometric data
3rd finger To enter information about the third finger. Biometric data
3rd metacarpus To enter information about the third metacarpus. Biometric data
4th finger To enter information about the fourth finger. Biometric data
4th metacarpus To enter information about the fourth metacarpus. Biometric data
5th finger To enter information about the fifth finger. Biometric data
5th metacarpus To enter information about the fifth metacarpus. Biometric data



Besides the optional parameters, a user may be asked:

Comments

An optional comments field will appear in the Choosing date section and may be accompanied by other options depending on the protocol:

· Comment: a comment referring to a general observation,

· Additional observer: to name other observer/s participating in the census,

· Important changes: to note important changes from previous visits, like noise, pollution or construction work,

· Impacts: to record any impact taking place during the survey,

· Incidents: to report any incident that may have happened during the count.

Protocols. Example of Comment section.



Hide all records from the public

The user will have the option of keeping records private by checking the appropriate cell. Administrators will always have access to private records (see image above).

Record the trace

This option is only available when entering protocol data through NaturaList. By checking the appropriate cell the user can keep a record of their track.

Protocols. Record the trace.



Point number

Choose from the expandable menu at which point you are entering data.

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Parameters


Shows the status of the Free area tool parameter for the "Name of the protocol (here Waterbird Census Protocol)" :
· YES: Free area tool is active.
· NO: Free area tool is inactive.

When active, it allows both users and administrators to see polygons that have not yet been assigned to an observer. Users can ask to be assigned to a site. See wiki section Web interace > Free area tool for details.

Protocols. Free area tool.


1. Details

See details of the free area tool.

Protocols. Free area tool details.

BACK: Go back to previous screen.
EDIT: Modify details. See subsection Edit below.


2. Edit

Edit details of the free area tool.

Protocols. Editing free area tool.


Change status if necessary and click:
· BACK to go to previous screen without saving changes, or
· MODIFY to save changes.

When the Free area tool is active, administrators have a few more options than regular users when accessing the Free area tool as a user:
· Assigned census/Sample area: list of assigned areas.
· Statistics on request: list of messages sent by observers.

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Files for playback


Protocols. Files for playback.

ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
File name: Name of the file that contains the sound.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of a species, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicate the total of items found for the search.

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See name of species and the file name containing its playback.

Protocols. Playback details.

1. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Species name.
2. File name: Name of the file that contains the sound, and its extension.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: See edit subsection below.
5. DELETE: Delete entry from the list.



4. Edit

Modify playback file or species name for the selected entry.

Protocols. Editing playback details.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Change species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a different file for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete the entry from the list.

6. NEW

Add a new playback file to the list.

Protocols. Adding a new playback file.

7. ADMIN_CONTENT_TEXT_NAME: Select species by typing its name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and choosing from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. File name: Click on Choose file to select a playback file to upload for this species.
BACK: Go back to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Save entry to the list.



[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Shortcuts group


List of existing shortcut groups for this protocol.

Protocols. Shortcuts groups.



1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the Shortcut group, or part of it, and click SEARCH.
When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total amount of items found for the search.

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected group.

Protocols. Shortcuts groups details.

BACK: Go to previous screen.
4. EDIT: Modify details. Go to next section Edit.
5. DELETE: Delete the selected group.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Protocols. Editing shortcuts groups.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type or change the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete shortcuts group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new shortcut group.

Protocols. Creating a new shortcuts group.

7. Shortcuts group name: Select the language from the tabs above (7a) and type the shortcut group name (7b) in the selected language. Change tab if necessary and repeat.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
8. ADD: Save the nae group.



[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Shortcuts


List of species for which a shortcut exists.

Protocols. Shortcuts.

Species: Name of species.
Shortcuts group: Name of the shortcuts group.
Color code: Colour associated to this species. User may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
Order: Order this species shortcut will appear in relation to other species shortcuts in the same group.


1. Search

Reduce list by typing the name of the group, or part of it, and click SEARCH. When a filter is applied, to deactivate it, click on DISPLAY ALL to see the full list.

2. Page and items

Select page number and/or number of items per page. Count indicates the total of items found for the search.

Detail for choosing page, item/page


3. Details

See details for the selected speies.

Protocols. Shortcuts details.

7. Species: Species name.
8. Shortcuts group: Shortcuts group the selected species belongs to.
9. Colour code: Colour assigned to the selected species.
10. Order: Order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcuts list in relation to other species on the same list.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
EDIT: Edit details. See section Edit below.



4. Edit

Edit selected shortcut group.

Protocols. Editing shortcuts.

7. Species: Change the species name if necessary by typing the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Change the group the species belongs to by typing the name of the group, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Change the colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Change the order in which the selected species will appear on the shortcut list by typing its number on the field.
BACK: Go to previous screen.
MODIFY: Save changes.



5. Delete

Delete species shortcut from the group. You will be asked to confirm. Click YES to delete and NO to cancel.

Protocols. Delete confirmation.



6. NEW

Create a new species shortcut.

Protocols. Creating a new shortcut.

7. Species: Type the species name, or part of it, on the left (7a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (7b).
8. Shortcuts group: Type the name of the group the species will belong to, or part of it, on the left (8a) and select from the expandable menu on the right (8b).
9. Colour code: Select a colour to assign to the species. Click on the colour to open the clour panel and choose color by selecting on the bar (10a) and adjusting on the panel (10b), or by typing on the fields (10c). Users may change it in NaturaList afterwards.
10. Order: Type a number to indicate in which position this shortcut will appear in relation to other shortcuts in the same shortcuts group.
BACK: Go to previous screen without saving.
ADD: Add the new species to the list..

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Import a shapefile


Import a file of the survey area and/or see all imports.

1. Select shapefile by clicking on Choose file and selecting from your computer the shapefile to upload.
2. Select encoding and SRID from the expandable menu.
3. Click next to upload the select shapefile.

Protocols. Import a shapefile.

1. Select shapefile
2. Select encodinng and SRID
3. Upload file
4. Import history


4. Import history
List of all shapefles uploaded. See correspondence of colours below.

[Top to Settings]
[Back to Protocols]

Import a shapefile


Protocols. Import shapefile.


Direct link to All my protocols > "Name of protocol" > Import a shapefile.

[Top to Import a shapefile]
[Back to Protocols]

Check data


Protocols. Check data.


Visualise a summary of survey data.

Protocols. Check data.


1. Graphs

Scroll down to see all graphs:

Number of censuses: number of censuses per year from last years to present.
Census duration: total number of hours of survey per year, from last years to present.
Average census time: average number of minutes per survey.


2. Site / Observer

Select a site and/or an observer from the expandable menu. Type the name, or part of it, if nedeed to reduce the list of options. If only a site is observed, you will see surveys from all observers; if only an observer is selected, you will see all sites the observer has access to. See image below as an example of its results.

Protocols. Check data by selecting site and/or observer.


Place pointer on any coloured square to display date of survey and number of species recorded. Click on any date to display a list of species recorded on a new window.

The color is linked to the number of species counted during the census.

White: = 0 specie

Red : =1 specie

Orange to Yellow to Green: 11 level of colors according the number of species between 1 to 20.

Green: = or >20 species

3. Period / Site

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu to see surveys at the selected period and site. See image Waterbird census protocol. Check data by selecting site and/or observer as an example of results.

4. Sites without data

Select a count period and a region from the expandable menu. A list will show all sites without data for the selected period and observers assigned to each of the listed sites. Click on any observer's name to access their personal card. Check the e-mail cell (image below, A) to send a message to the observer/s at the site; or check check all on top (image below, B) to send a general message to all observers at all sites.

Protocols. E-mail observers of empty censuses.


A message template is shown below the list, along with the email addresses receiving this message (see image below). Change recepients by selecting a new study site from the list above. Send it as it is or type a message in the designated area to personalise it. When done, click SEND THE REQUESTS to send the message.

Protocols. Sending emails about empty sites.

5. Type message to personalise email.
6. Message recipients.


[Top to Check data]
[Back to Protocols]

Report


Protocols. Report.


Visualise pooled results from surveys.

Protocols. Filtering results.


1. Filter dates

Select the starting and ending date using the expandable calendar on the right or typing directly dd.mm.yyyy in the corresponding field.

2. Temporal aggregation

Select aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Day: Shows results per day. This is the default option.
Pentad: Shows results in groups of five days.
Week: Shows results per week.
Decade: Shows results in groups of ten days.
Month: Shows results per month.
Year: Shows results per year.


3. Spatial aggregation

Select spatial aggregating criteria from the expandable menu on the right. Options are:

Country: Results are grouped per area covered by the local portal. If the portal only covers part of the country, only this part is considered; if the local portal covers the whole country, all the country is considered.
Canton: Cantons are country-specific administrative defined areas. Their official name differs from country to country: Kreis, province, district, commarca, county, and so on.
Municipality: Municipality, like a canton, is an area administratively defined and country specific.
Supersite: A supersite is a place that includes many other localities, and can only be used if it was previously created.
Place: A place is a group of Localities (see below) linked together within the protocol. It is either represented on the map by a yellow dot or hidden. For example, in STOC EPS census, one may have different point counts in a square. Each of the points represents a Locality, but the square with all the points is a Place. Do the search accordingly. Note sometimes Place and Locality are the same. For example, in the Common breeding bird survey, a Locality represents a transect, and there is only one transect per square.
Locality: A Locality is the exact location a survey takes place. It may represent a point, a transect or a polygon, depending on the study, and it is represented on the map as a dot.


4. Visualisation
SHOW: See results on screen, or
EXPORT: Download results on an excel file.


Protocols. Report results.

2. Temporal aggregation: Show total numbers of individuals of the specie indicated under the first column (5) In this example, the aggregation is per week. Weeks with no data, remain empty. Use the horizontal bar at the bottom to scroll through all results.
3. Study site name: Results aggregated by place. In this example, by locality. All study sites at the selected locality appear separately. Use the vertical bar on the right to scroll through all results.
5. List of species: List of species registered at each site.


[Top to Report]
[Back to Protocols]

Map


Protocols. Map.



Map and statistics for the site.
Administrators have more functions than registered users (see user's Quick links), and can see all data in the site from all users.

For more information visit wiki section Web interface > Protocols > Map.

[Top to Map]
[Back to Protocols]